The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods for your camera

The best travel tripods are super-portable camera supports

A selection of the best travel tripods from Manfrotto, Benro and Nova

  • Best overall
  • Best for budget
  • Best Premium
  • Best Design
  • Best Versatility
  • Best Lightweight

How to choose the best travel tripod for you

How we test travel tripods.

1. The list in brief 2. Best overall 3. Best budget 4. Best premium 5. Best design 6. Best for versatility 7. Best lightweight 8. How to choose 9. How we test

Compact size and lightweight build are the name of the best travel tripod game, persuading you to pack one for outdoor adventures rather than leave it at home or in the studio, unlike the best tripods which can be very heavy and unwieldy. 

In 2024, there's the question of whether you need a tripod in the first place. After all, today's best cameras give plenty of reasons to leave the tripod at home , such as excellent high ISO performance and in-body image stablization. But believe us, there's still plenty of reason to fork out for a decent tripod . 

All of the models in this guide stand firm for long exposure photography, sharp photos and hands-free video while being small enough to be stowed in your camera bag . Most options included here are available in aluminium and pricier carbon fiber versions. Because travel tripods are quite small already, the minimal weight saved by using carbon fiber might not be worth the extra outlay of their aluminium counterparts. 

We've tested more than our share of tripods over the years, utilizing them while we're testing cameras and lenses – so we know if one offers incredibly stable shooting and decent value for money. Within this guide, we have gathered the best travel tripod you can buy right now and included further buying advice at the end of the guide.

Tim Coleman

Tim is TechRadar's Cameras editor, with over 15 years in the photo video industry and most of those in the world of tech journalism, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with all things camera related. He’s also worked in video production with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi.

The quick list

Short on time? Use our quick round-up below to find the best travel tripod for you. Use the links to jump to our full write-ups for more in-depth coverage.

3 Legged Thing Brian

The best travel tripod overall

The 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 boasts a full height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m and a stylish design. A truly impressive specification for the price.

Read more below

Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium

The best travel tripod for a budget

If you're looking for your first ever tripod, Manfrotto's budget friendly offering ticks all the boxes when it comes to delivering the basics at a good price.

Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1

The best premium travel tripod

Smooth operation and build quality that will last a lifetime make this the best option for those who are happy to pay for the best. 

Peak Design Travel Tripod

The best travel tripod design

As one of the most compact travel tripods around, the Peak Design makes for a great travel companion, albeit at quite a high cost. 

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

The best travel tripod for versatility

With an articulating center column, this heavy travel tripod is able to capture unique angles while providing great stability.

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

The best lightweight travel tripod

A basic offering from Manfrotto that is incredibly lightweight and therefore perfect for taking on your travels.

  • ^ Back to the top

The best Travel Tripods in 2024

Why you can trust TechRadar We spend hours testing every product or service we review, so you can be sure you’re buying the best. Find out more about how we test.

Below, you'll find full write-ups for each of the best travel tripods in our list and a link to a full review. We've tested each one extensively, so you can be sure that our recommendations can be trusted.

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 tripod with camera attached

1. 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

When it comes to price and quality, the 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 is hard to beat. For the price, you get an incredible level of versatility with the Brian 2.0, which can transform into a standard tripod, a tall monopod, or even a tabletop tripod when combined with the separately sold Vanz footwear.

The carbon fiber frame is lightweight at 3.70lbs / 1.68kg and provides a maximum height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m. This might be too tall for some, but it's always good to have the option – you don't need to use all the leg sections. Folding away to 16.5-inches / 42cm makes it easy to attach to a bag or throw in a suitcase.

As is custom in the Punks Brian 2.0 range, the tripod is available in either orange, blue, or black, depending on how much you want to stand out.

  • Read our 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 review

Manfrotto Elements MII tripod stood on grass supporting a mirrorless camera

2. Manfrotto Element MII

The Manfrotto Element MII is a fantastic budget option that does all the basics really well. At only $155 / £109 / AU$259 you're guaranteed to get everything that Manfrotto is known for, including great build quality and a well engineered head. 

The Element MII has replaced the Element Big, a change that sees a reduction in leg sections from five to four. These changes make it easier to set up and pack down. Unfortunately, it's only available in aluminum, which makes for a heavy package considering it's such a compact design.

By offering a fairly basic specification, Manfrotto is delivering simple tripod technology at a great price. Through the Element range of tripods, Manfrotto is trying to appeal to beginners and those on a budget. 

  • Read our Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium review

Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 tripod on grass with camera supportee

3. Gitzo Traveler Series 1

Professional users looking for one of the best travel tripods should look no further than the Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1. All the boxes are ticked with a lightweight and excellent build, with an impressive extended height.

Oftentimes, with travel tripods, the parts don't function as smoothly as their larger counterparts. This is not the case for the Gitzo Traveler Series 1. Moving from folded to extended is a breeze, and the head is as strong and reliable as you'll ever need it to be. The ball head features separate pan locking, and its 32mm ball diameter is just about large enough to support a full-frame DSLR.

All of this premium quality comes at a price. The Traveler Series 1 costs $680 / £539 / AU$1,154 . 95. If you're in the market for a travel tripod that will last a lifetime and you're prepared to pay for it, then the Traveler Series 1 is a great choice.

  • Read our Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 review

Peak Design Travel Tripod at minimum height

4. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design oozes a unique design that results in it being one of the most compact and lightweight options on the market. Thanks to the shape, the legs fold neatly into each other, which provides a super slim overall diameter.

The head is integral to the tripod, which takes a little bit of getting used to, and it lacks functionality. However, ultra-low-level and tabletop shooting is possible thanks to the centre column design, so although it isn't in the 'best for versatility' category, it would easily be competing for the top overall spot.

With great design comes a high price, especially if you opt for the lighter carbon fiber frame rather than the aluminium alternative. The 5 sectioned legs are strong, delivering all the stability you could need as you're out and about.

  • Read our Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod at minimum height

5. Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB is heavier and bigger than most of its competitors, something that will put a lot of people off, especially if they're doing a lot of travelling by foot. But with this weight and size comes a high level of stability that is ideal if you're shooting long exposures or time lapses.

One of the main things we love about this travel tripod is the articulating arm , which makes it possible to shoot at ground level. This is great for capturing unique and creative camera angles that would otherwise be impossible without defaulting to handheld.

Thanks to the ability to unscrew one of the legs, this travel tripod is also a very capable monopod, making it a highly versatile offering.

  • Read our Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod review 

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod at minimum height

6. Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

At 1.25kg, this carbon fiber travel tripod is as lightweight as it gets, perfect for taking with you on your travels. It can also fit into small spaces, with a foldable length of just 41cm. If you're after a tripod that blends into the background and doesn't bother you on long journeys, then Manfrotto Befree Advanced will be great.

The lack of weight and size usually results in poor stability, something that isn't the case with this tripod. The legs are rigid and robust, which is not always guaranteed on a travel tripod.

There is no getting around it; this is a basic tripod with limited features. With no monopog leg option and a limited maximum height, it might be worth going for the slightly heavier 3 Legged Thing Brian 2.0 Travel Tripod. But if all simply need a basic support, which is true for most photographers moist the time, then this is a great option.

  • Read our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod review

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 leg lock

What to look for in a travel tripod

Choosing the best travel tripod isn't just about selecting the smallest and lightest model. Indeed, picking the lightest legs isn't always the best plan. Marginally heavier alternatives won't be a noticeable burden, but they can provide much more rigidity and versatility. 

Most of these tripods use a carbon fiber construction to save weight, but this ups the price. Some models also have aluminum counterparts. Each includes a compact ball head, but check carefully: a ball that's too small for a larger DSLR will become a precarious balancing act.

What makes a travel tripod

A neat trick shared by the vast majority of current tripods is that the legs swing fully upwards for stowage. The idea is that you first extend the centre column, then swing the legs up, so that the tripod’s feet end up encircling the head. This reduces the overall carrying length by up to 10cm or 4 inches. Indeed, many of the best travel tripods shrink down to about 30-40cm, making them small enough to fit inside a camera bag or rucksack, rather than needing to be tethered to the outside causing your bag to be unbalanced.

To give them a useful operating height, despite their small carrying size, most travel tripods feature four or even five telescopic sections per leg. Some go further still, with a two-section extending centre column. This naturally enables a greater maximum operating height, so you can be sure no matter how high your camera needs to be it will be able to get the shot you want.

The drawbacks are that each telescoping joint is an area of potential weakness, reducing rigidity, and the bottom leg sections are likely to be quite thin and spindly. A large number of twist or clip locks for all the sections also demands more time for setting up the tripod and folding it down again. 

Do I even need a tripod?

Today's very best mirrorless cameras and computational photography modes especially in smartphones and the OM System OM-1 that go a long way to eliminating the need for a tripod. We list 5 reasons why photographers no longer need a tripod that includes super-effective in-body image stablization for handheld shooting even with professional high-resolution cameras, in-camera HDR modes so you no longer need to do multi-shot exposure stacking, plus improved image quality at high ISOs. 

However, there are times and photography effects that still require a tripod. Tripods can be crucial for studio photography and for video work in general where you can lock off the camera in position for long periods and free up your hands. The same goes for long exposure photography, staging group photos, plus the times you need free hands to attach or remove accessories from your camera, like lens filters and mics. 

Significant advances in camera tech have put the once necessary photography accessory under threat, but there will still be a place for tripods for a long time yet. 

Tripods only have a fairly limited number of features. Despite that, we like to make sure we've tested every single part and compared them to others to see where each one stands apart from the rest.

We make sure to test our travel tripods over a period of time using a range of different cameras and lens combinations. Some tripods will be fine with specific cameras, but not others. By testing multiple types, we're able to see how ubiquitous each one is.

The process of folding and unfolding travel tripods is something that travellers have to do all the time. We therefore go through this process numerous times to see how each one feels and functions. 

Some tripods have features that are truly unique, such as the articulating center column on the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB. Whatever the feature, we put it through its paces to see if it puts it above its competitors.

We do all of this while travelling around and thinking like photographers on the go. This helps us to make comments that are helpful for making informed buying decisions.

Get daily insight, inspiration and deals in your inbox

Get the hottest deals available in your inbox plus news, reviews, opinion, analysis and more from the TechRadar team.

Timothy Coleman

Tim is the Cameras editor at TechRadar. He has enjoyed more than 15 years in the photo video industry with most of those in the world of tech journalism. During his time as Deputy Technical Editor with Amateur Photographer, as a freelancer and consequently editor at Tech Radar, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with cameras, educating others through news, reviews and features. He’s also worked in video production for Studio 44 with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi. Tim is curious, a keen creative, avid footballer and runner, and moderate flat white drinker who has lived in Kenya and believes we have much to enjoy and learn from each other. 

  • Mark Wilson Senior news editor
  • Paul Hatton Freelance writer

DJI’s new RS4 and RS4 Pro are hands-down our favorite camera gimbals, and they're even better with the Focus Pro system

DJI RS4 review: a great gimbal for vertical shooting

Leaked AMD Navi 4X GPU notes reveal up to 50% more powerful than RX 7900 XTX

Most Popular

  • 2 NYT Strands today — hints, answers and spangram for Friday, April 26 (game #54)
  • 3 I listened to Taylor Swift’s new songs on a 22-year-old Sony Walkman and it was a tortured experience I won’t try again
  • 4 Independent auditors confirm top VPN doesn't log your data
  • 5 Microsoft strips Windows 11's Control Panel of another tool - is the writing on the wall?
  • 2 Microsoft might have cracked the most important part of video calls — new update could potentially hide all your embarassing apps and pop-ups
  • 3 'A game of chicken': Samsung set to launch new storage chip that could make 100TB SSDs mainstream — 430-layer NAND will leapfrog competition as race for NAND supremacy heats up
  • 4 Chip firm founded by ex-Intel president plans massive 256-core CPU to surf AI inference wave and give Nvidia B100 a run for its money — Ampere Computing AmpereOne-3 likely to support PCIe 6.0 and DDR5 tech
  • 5 Cisco reveals zero-day attacks used by hackers to attack government networks in major threat campaign

most compact travel tripod

shotkitlogo

The leading authority in photography and camera gear.

Become a better photographer.

12.9 Million

Annual Readers

Newsletter Subscribers

Featured Photographers

Photography Guides & Gear Reviews

The New York Times

7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip – Lightweight & Strong

Traveling with a tripod may not be convenient, but it can open the doors for creative photography or video. Here are 7 great options that won't weigh you down.

Camera Gear Guides | Tripod & Monopod Guides | By Mark Condon | Last Updated: April 2, 2024

To find the best travel tripods of the year, I tested over 50 different models from various brands at different price points

From the latest lightweight carbon fiber tripod to budget aluminium models, this guide will help you choose the best way to stabilise your camera while not sacrificing weight and space.

travel tripod by peak design being held in hand

Great stability, useful features and compact design takes up less space in your travel bag. Available in carbon fiber or aluminium with life-time warranty.

A good camera tripod will let you blur flowing water or star trails for beautiful long-exposure photography, create an engaging time-lapse video, capture panoramic landscapes, or even take a self-portrait.

Tripods allow you to get sharper and clearer photos than shooting handheld, especially in low-light environments.

A great tripod for travel should be strong, compact, and lightweight to carry mirrorless and DSLR cameras with long lenses attached with minimal vibrations.

The top models should also offer unique features to make your shooting experience more efficient and enjoyable.

Based on my testing and independent research, here are the tripods you should consider for your next trip.

(I’ll update this list as new models are released, so keep checking back.)

Table of Contents

I’ve been a professional photographer for over 10 years, having traveled all over the world to shoot weddings.

Whenever I fly, I like to pack the lightest tripod available with a height and sturdiness that suits my needs for the event.

Over the years, I’ve used many different tripods, from budget to high-end.

For this guide, I reviewed a mixture of tripods I own alongside those supplied by various brands.

This is a summary of what I consider to be the best tripods for traveling the world, based on various essential factors outlined below.

Stick to the travel tripods on this list to narrow your choices to the top options for the average traveling photographer/filmmaker, and remember the following factors when choosing:

  • Size (when folded) – The smaller, the better for packability.
  • Height – closest to the user’s eye level is best if sturdiness/strength is maintained. Min height allows macro/close-up work.
  • Weight – the lighter, the better if sturdiness/strength is preserved. Between 1 and 1.5 kg offers good strength to weight.
  • Build – a carbon fiber travel tripod is lighter and stronger than the aluminium equivalent, but also more expensive.
  • Sturdiness is measured by rigidity under load vs. maximum weight capacity and the number of leg sections (less is better).
  • Value for money – the price is justified based on overall quality. It is within the budget of the average travel photographer or backpacker.
  • Additional Tripod Features – anything unique that adds value.

The best portable tripod will be different for each person reading this article – only you will know which of the factors above are most important to your needs.

What is the Best Travel Tripod in 2024?

1. peak design | best travel tripod for mirrorless or dslr cameras.

A person's hand holding a compact tripod with a camera mounted on it against a gray background.

Material:  Carbon fiber or aluminum alloy | Maximum height: 153cm / 60.2″ | Minimum height: 14cm / 5.5″| Folded length: 39cm / 15.3″ | Weight: (Alu) 1.56kg / 3.4 lb (CF) 1.27kg / 2.79lb | Feet: Pads (spikes optional extra) | Number of leg sections:  5 |  Max load: 9kg / 19.8lb | Further Testing: Peak Design Travel Tripod Review

  • Ultra-compact storage
  • Well-built and durable
  • Quick to deploy
  • Unique & innovative features
  • Feels great to use
  • Good maximum extended height
  • Often out of stock
  • Carrying case is tight
  • Size: 10/10

The standout feature of this highly portable tripod is its unique ability to collapse into a tubular unit, similar in diameter to a can of beans.

When folded, there’s none of the ‘dead space’ which is typical of other tripods – it’s svelte enough to slide into the water bottle holder of the Peak Design travel backpack , with no protruding ball head and ultra-compact quick-release plate. Folded height is impressive, at only 39cm.

Users of travel tripods are sensitive to the packed volume of the tripod – this is where the Peak Design tripod excels.

  • Max Height: 9/10

At full extension (153cm), it’s among the taller tripods for cameras tested – tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity. It’s best to avoid extending center columns if possible, particularly on windy days, but this is the case with all lightweight tripods.

  • Weight: 8/10

Both the aluminum and carbon fiber travel tripods are relatively lightweight – there are certainly lighter products, but they often sacrifice strength and rigidity. The 29g weight saving for the carbon fiber tripod for camera use may not be worth the extra price

  • Build: 10/10

As with all Peak Design products, the Travel Tripod is very well-designed and built. There’s also a lifetime guarantee – perfect peace of mind for backpackers and frequent travelers. Also great as a tripod for spotting scope use.

  • Sturdiness: 9/10

Despite having 5 leg sections, the stiffness and damping of the Peak Design Travel Tripod is impressive.

With a maximum load capacity of 9kg, you can safely support any camera + zoom lens. In high winds, there’s a hook beneath the center column to hang a weight, like your backpack.

It’s the best tripod for mirrorless camera users based on average mirrorless body sizes and lenses. Some flagship DSLR cameras combined with heavy telephoto lenses may unbalance it, but these are minority cases.

  • Features: 10/10

Four images showcasing various features and accessories of a collapsible tripod: one image displays the tripod folded, another focuses on a hand holding a mounting plate, a third shows a close-up of the tripod's.

Innovative features that don’t exist on other travel tripods. (Bottom left: smartphone holder concealed in centre column.)

In testing, I found that the Peak Design tripod still has the most unique and useful features of any other lightweight tripod.

It’s undoubtedly the best camera tripod for anyone who values original design quirks, despite the fact that other DSLR tripod brands have frequently mimicked it since its release.

The stem of the ball head nestles between the tops of the tripod legs when collapsed, ensuring no protrusions and compact storage.

Lever locks can be controlled with one hand while you adjust the camera angle with the other, making adjustment of locking angles fast and efficient.

Legs slide in and out smoothly, and leg locks are strong yet easy to open – full deployment of all 5 sections is very fast.

The Center column hook conceals a mobile phone holder  neatly tucked away.

Rubber feet are replaceable for spikes, and the column can be inverted for macro photography camera setups. Even the protective case is well-designed, with all-over padding and not an inch of superfluous material.

The unique rounded design with legs that tuck away neatly makes this my pick of the best backpacking tripod.

Sliding it in and out of a side pocket is so much easier than even the most compact travel tripod – since nothing is ‘sticking out’, it’s almost like you’re stowing a smooth waterbottle.

  • Value: 8/10

An online discussion where users are sharing their opinions and experiences regarding customer service and product quality of a specific company. one user expresses satisfaction despite high prices, while another user concurs, highlighting the company's.

Reddit users agree that the Peak Design Tripod is worth it despite the high price.

This is by no means a budget tripod – you’re paying for a unique design and innovative features that don’t exist on other models.

A lifetime warranty is a huge benefit, making the price tag more justifiable.

The aluminium model is the best bang for your buck, although carbon fiber feels/looks better and has a slight weight advantage (I own the carbon fiber tripod).

Final Score: 64/70

Truly one of a kind, beating all other travel tripods with a unique space-saving body / ball-head design, fast leg deployment, impressive strength-to-weight ratio, and overall good looks, giving it that desirable x-factor. Lifetime warranty is a huge benefit. Highly recommended as the best lightweight tripod for backpacking.

Check the latest price >>

2. HEIPI 3-in-1 | Best Travel Tripod for Stability

A person is holding a collapsed black tripod against a wooden plank background.

Material: Carbon fiber (aluminium sub tripod) | Maximum height: 149cm / 59″ | Minimum height: 14.5cm / 5.7″| Folded length: 44.5cm / 17.5″ | Weight: 1.35kg / 2.97lb | Feet: Pads and spikes | Number of leg sections:  5 |  Max load: 25g / 55lb | Further Testing: HEIPI tripod review

  • Stable and solid construction
  • Useful and unique sub tripod
  • Efficient locking ring
  • Impressive maximum load
  • Hidden mobile mount
  • 2 tripods for price of one
  • Currently available on Indiegogo only
  • Slightly larger/heavier than Peak Design’s

With a similar tubular design to the Peak Design travel tripod, the HEIPI saves space in your backpack by eliminating any gaps between folded legs and retracted ball head.

Everything tucks in perfectly, allowing it to slide into its carrying case easily (much better than Peak’s overly tight one).

150cm is decent as a maximum height, but as with the other options, it still means tall photographers will need to stoop a little.

With a carbon fiber body and aluminium subtripod, the HEIPI is light at 1.35kgs (1.2kgs without the sub tripod).

This is a sweet spot for lightweight travel without sacrificing on stability in higher winds or grassy/unlevel ground.

However, for truly lightweight travel, there are lighter options.

The HEIPI feels very well built, with the legs sliding in and out smoothly and leg locks securing everything in place with confidence.

The ball head is robust and durable and looks like it can stand consistent outdoor use and the rigours of travel.

A promotional image featuring an innovative 3-in-1 design for a camera support system, showcasing its different configurations: the main tripod, sub tripod, and ball head.

All 3 component pieces work with 3rd party accessories (3/8″) – slider, ball heads, tripods, etc.

  • Sturdiness: 10/10

Here’s where the HEIPI excels and is unique among the tripods I tested.

A separate aluminium ‘subtripod’ is set inside the main tripod, adding to its rigidity when retracted.

When extended, since there are 3 legs in place of a regular singular centre column, it’s 3x as stable as other travel tripods.

Due to the increased stability, I consider it to be the best tripod for astrophotography at this price.

It’s also the best travel tripod for DSLR users who need something strong while remaining portable.

A collage of four images displaying different components of a black tripod, including the ball head, quick release plate, folded legs, and leg adjusters.

The subtripod is extended and deployed by a centre column lock ring, easily rotatable with a couple of hand twists.

Opening it completely releases the subtripod, which can be used for low-angle, macro photography, or even as a mini tripod for use on a table.

When used in conjunction with the main tripod, the subtripod adds rigidity far superior to using a single centre column. This is currently the only travel tripod with this feature.

Rubber feet can be screwed open to reveal spiked feet for use on sand, ice, grass or snow. You also get 3x hex keys, a water-repellent soft case, and a quick-release plate.

The detachable ball head is like an extra accessory that can be used on either tripod—the main one or the sub one.

There’s a handy bubble level and even a counterweight hook which allows you to add some extra stability by hanging your bag under the tripod.

By no means a budget tripod, the HEIPI is a high-quality product and is priced accordingly. It’s great value for a carbon fiber tripod with this many features.

Remember that you’re essentially getting two tripods for the price of one (the mini tripod is useful and unique, fitting snugly into the main one).

It’s currently only available on the HEIPI site, but it’s still a good deal cheaper than the equivalent carbon fiber Peak Design Travel Tripod.

Final Score: 65/70

Innovative one-of-a-kind concealed subtripod design provides stability when extended and retracted and offers two-for-one functionality. Excellent maximum payload means you can attach heavier cameras and telephoto lenses with no issues. Compact, space-saving design is perfect for backpacking.

3. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey | Best Tripod for Backpacking

A dslr camera mounted on a tripod with a colorful graffiti wall in the background, alongside an image of a handheld massaging device.

Material: Magnesium alloy | Maximum height: 147.5cm / 58″ | Minimum height: 18.5cm7.2″  Folded length: 35cm / 13.67″ | Weight: 1.5kg / 3.4 lb | Feet: Pads (spikes optional extra) | Number of leg sections: 5 (+ 2 section column) | Max load: 14kg / 30lb | Further Testing: 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Review

  • Multiple attachment points
  • Stylish design
  • Strong legs
  • 14kg maximum load capacity
  • Bubble level
  • Colours not for every taste

Designed specifically for travel and lightweight backpacking, the Punks Corey packs down to an impressive 35cm / 13.67″, with the legs folding back 180 degrees over the center column, helping to create a slim overall packed diameter for your camera bag .

  • Max Height: 8/10

At (147.5cm / 58″) extended height, the 3 Legged Thing is tall enough for comfortable usage while still having good rigidity.

Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography .

At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.

Aircraft-grade magnesium alloy construction is unique for travel tripods, offering excellent durability and one of the best strength:weight ratios. Excellent ball head design.

With 5 leg sections and a unique 2 section center column, the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey maintains great rigidity. A unique detachable d-ring under the column allows you to hang extra weight for increased stability. Impressive maximum load capacity of 14 kg / 30 lb.

A collage of four images displaying various models of tripods and tripod heads used for mounting and stabilizing cameras.

Unique design and useful details make for a fun and functional tripod for backpacking.

Twist locks offer fast leg deployment. Double center column increases rigidity and allows efficient fine-tuning of overall height. Fast-adjusting AirHed Neo ball head with grippy knobs.

Precision-engineered leg lock system offers excellent stability and rigidity. 2 spirit levels (head/leg) for precise leveling. Ergonomic ‘bubble’ grip leg locks for all-weather use. Detachable monopod .

Invertible column for macro camera setups. 1/4″ screw foot with multiple accessory options. Tri-mount plate with hollowed spurs for clipping on accessories. Durable drawstring bag. ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, including hex key, coin key, key ring, carabiner, and bottle opener! Available in multiple attractive colours.

  • Value: 9/10

Good value to suit most budgets. 5-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.

Final Score: 63/70

Detachable monopod leg, the ability to splay the legs completely for low-angle work, unique detailing, friction control knob design, excellent strength:weight ratio and overall efficiency in use. Highly recommended lightweight travel tripod for backpacking.

4. Leofoto LS224C | Best Lightweight Travel Tripod for DSLR or Mirrorless Cameras

A camera tripod with extended legs on a textured gray background.

Material: Carbon Fiber |  Maximum height: 127cm / 50″ | Minimum height: 119cm / 47″ | Folded length: 47.5cm / 18.7″ | Weight: 1.42 kg (3.14 lbs) | Feet: Pads & Spikes | Number of leg sections: 4 | Max load: 6kg / 13.2 lb

  • Lightweight & compact
  • Sturdier than competitors
  • Great ball head
  • Unique removable centre-column
  • Spiked feet included
  • Lighter max load

At a folded length of only 47.5cm / 18.7″, the Leofoto tripod folds down nice and compact with everything fitting snugly into its included carry bag.

Since the centre column is removable and optional, there’s no negative space between all 3 legs, meaning that the folded tripod occupies much less volume when folded up.

The Lefoto tripod’s height is around 127cm / 50″, which is average among the tripods we tested. As with all travel tripods that focus on weight-saving and compactness, it’s not advisable to use the centre column for optimal stability unless the ground is completely even/stable and there’s zero wind.

  • Weight: 10/10

The Leofoto LS224C is the lightest travel tripod I tested and much lighter than most others at its price point. Available only in carbon fiber, it weighs in at an impressive 1.42 kg (3.14 lbs) with the ball head installed, making it perfect for all-day backpacking or tight airline carry-on luggage allowances while traveling.

If you need an ultralight tripod for backpacking or solo travel, this is the model to get – it’s the best lightweight tripod for traveling I’ve come across.

  • Build: 9/10

You may not have heard of Leofoto, but it’s a brand of Laitu Photographic, a manufacturer that has been making tripods and accessories since 2014. The LS224C is very well built and feels great when extending the legs. The leg hinge joints are nice and stiff, inspiring confidence when setting the Leofoto up.

Close-up view of a black tripod showing its three-legged structure and central pivot mechanism with a camera mounting plate, isolated against a white background.

Everything feels very stable on the Leofoto when the legs are fully deployed, and the centre column is unattached.

Obviously, this will reduce the tripod’s overall height, but it’s a small sacrifice for the greatly improved stability.

A comparison chart highlighting various tripod models with specifications and scores, with one model, leofoto ls-284c, distinctly selected with an orange border.

Source: The Center Column

As can be seen in the screenshot above, David from the Center Column rated the LeoFoto’s stiffness alongside much more expensive travel tripods.

  • Features: 9/10

The LS224C is one of the few travel tripods we’ve seen that haven’t been designed around a centre column.

This is a great space-saver when packing light since the tripod can have its legs folded closer together, reducing the overall volume it occupies.

The twist locks on the leg joints don’t need to be twisted more than 1/4 of a turn before the legs release, making the tripod deployment fast and simple.

Leg locks can be pulled out to unlock the legs for them to be splayed to 55, then 85 degrees for close-up photography.

The rubber feet can be replaced with the included steel spikes for use on grass or soft ground – a nice feature not commonly seen on travel tripods at this price point.

Overall, this lightweight camera tripod ticks a lot of boxes making it a great buy no matter what genre of photography you’re involved in.

  • Value: 10/10

With this kind of performance and features from such a light tripod for travel, it’s surprising to hear that the LS284C is available for under $200.

For such a compact tripod that weighs less and performs better than others twice its price, it’s incredible value for money.

Great build quality, impressively lightweight and stiffer than its competition. If you can get past the relatively unknown brand name, it’s an absolute bargain.

5. ZOMEI Z699C | Best Budget Travel Tripod for Beginners

A black tripod lies collapsed on a grassy surface.

Material: Carbon fiber |  Maximum height: 152cm / 60″ | Minimum height: 35cm / 3.7″ | Folded length: 35cm / 15″ | Weight: 1.3kg / 3.3lb | Feet: Pads and spikes | Number of leg sections:  5 | Max load: 15kg / 33lb | Further testing: Zomei Z699C Review 

  • Great value for money
  • Great for beginners
  • Folds up nice and small
  • Super light weight
  • Converts to monopod
  • Low quality protective bag
  • Not ideal for cold weather/gloved operation

Folded up, the Zomei Z699C is compact enough to suit any small camera backpack . Folded height (35cm / 15″) makes it the smallest travel tripod I tested. Having a small tripod is great for traveling carry-on only, which is my preferred way to fly.

At full extension (152cm / 60″), the Zomei tripod is tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity.

Legs can be locked at multiple angles, or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography.

  • Weight: 9/10

At just 1.3kg / 3.3 lb, the plastic tripod head helps keep weight down. Carbon fiber construction offers the best weight savings.

Carbon fiber tripods are stiffer, lighter, more weather/corrosion/scratch-resistant, and in general, stronger than aluminium. They also look and feel nicer.

  • Build: 7/10

Legs slide smoothly, and locks on each leg can be deployed all at once with one hand.

Grips could be larger/grippier for cold-weather / gloved operation. Leg grips are a nice addition and provides padding when in transit.

The plastic ball head is basic but includes bubble level. The protective bag feels low-quality but does its job.

Good rigidity and center column hook for additional stability.

Surprisingly sturdy considering its lightness – max load of 15kg / 33lb can support any camera/lens combination.

  • Features: 7/10

Photography equipment including a camera lens, tripod, and tripod head displayed on a wooden surface.

The Zomei features everything most traveling photographers need.

Reverse folding design. Monopod conversion. Multiple leg angles, including inverted macro. Contoured rubber feet for flat and metal ‘spikes’ for outdoor/uneven surfaces.

Twist locks are great for fast deployment.

The Zomei Z699C is a great-value compact carbon fiber tripod . You won’t find carbon fiber at this build quality for less. It’s the best cheap travel tripod when you still need high quality and the best budget tripod for travel I’ve come across so far this year.

Final Score: 61/70

If you’re looking for great bang your buck this is the best affordable travel tripod. Details aren’t as impressive as higher priced rivals, but operation is decent and size/weight/strength are competitive. Easy and enjoyable to use for beginners.

6. Manfrotto Befree Live | Best Travel Tripod for Video

Black tripod with red accents standing on a textured surface, with one leg extended outwards.

Material: Aluminum / Carbon Fiber |  Maximum height: 150cm / 59.06″ | Minimum height: 40cm / 15.75″ | Folded length: 40cm / 15.75″ | Weight: (Alu) 1.76kg / 3.9lb (CF) 1.36kg / 3lb | Feet: Pads | Number of leg sections:  5 | Max load: 3.9kg / 8.8lb

  • M-Lock twist-lock system quick and convenient
  • Fluid head tripod for smooth video panning
  • Included carry bag
  • Levelling ball joint for accurate alignment
  • Hook for attaching accessories
  • Fluid arm position can be adjusted
  • No convertible feet
  • No friction adjustment for panning

When folded down, the BeFree Live is a relatively compact tripod, especially considering it has that all-important fluid head and lever for smooth video panning movements.

However, the legs and head do not rest snuggly against the central core, making the entire volume of the unit larger than the other travel tripods we tested,

You could remove the tripod head completely to allow the legs to sit closer together if you want to pack it even tighter.

At 150cm / 59.06″, the maximum height is comparable to other travel tripods at this price point.

With its compact folded length of only 40cm / 15.75″, the height should be good enough for most travel photography.

The head itself weighs only 380g (0.84 lbs) which is really light for a fluid head and can hold up to 3.9kg / 8.8lb. As for the total weight of (Alu) 1.76kg / 3.9lb (CF) 1.36kg / 3lb, these are respectable for travel tripods for video.

There’s no need to opt for the carbon fiber model unless owning the most lightweight tripod is a top priority to you.

  • Build: 8/10

Being a Manfrotto tripod, the BeFree Live is well-made and feels good in the hand when deploying the twist-lock leg sections.

The inverse foldable leg design is easy to operate, and everything sits nicely in the included carry bag.

  • Sturdiness: 8/10

We tested the Manfrotto BeFree Live with a Sony a7IV and 24-70mm f/2.8 lens in average winds, and it performed well.

Unless you’re using a camera/lens setup that exceeds the max load, you shouldn’t have any issues with how sturdy it is.

  • Features: 8/10

The arm of the fluid head can be fully adjusted, so it’s in the right position when you’re positioning the tripod.

When using the tilt control, there’s a tightening knob to open it up fully for a nice and smooth tilting movement.

The fluid head fits onto other travel tripods, so if you need to swap it for whatever reason, it’s simple to do so. There’s also a bubble level for precise setups.

It also features a feature called ‘Easy Link’ (standard 3/8” attachment) for optional accessories and a hook to attach a weight for stabilization.

At around $270, the BeFree Video is excellent value for money if you’re looking for travel tripods with fluid heads for shooting video.

Sure, you may be able to find cheaper, but it won’t be from such a reputable brand as Manfrotto. It’s the best video tripod at this price, and highly recommended.

Final Score: 57/70

The BeFree line of travel tripods is enormously popular, and this is the version intended for video shooters. Manfrotto is synonymous with making high-quality tripods, and the BeFree Live is no exception, available for a great price for backpackers who need a decent travel tripod for video.

7. Joby GripTight One GorillaPod | Best Phone Tripod for Hiking

A flexible, black tripod with a smartphone mount attached is hanging on a textured gray wall.

Material: Plastic/Aluminum | Dimension: 1.34 x 1.57 x 6.50 in  Weight: 71 g (0.16 lbs) |  Max load: 325 g (0.72 lbs)

  • Flexible legs
  • Fits all smartphones
  • Durable build
  • Works as hand grip for vlogging
  • Only 1-year warranty

As a mini (aka tabletop) tripod kit, the Gorillapod GripTight One is a lot smaller than other travel tripods and takes up little room in your travel bag – it’s so small, in fact, that it can fit easily into your pocket.

This makes it my top pick as best hiking tripod, when you don’t want to burden your backpack with a full sized light weight tripod.

  • Height: 5/10

A small camera tripod such as a Gorillapod doesn’t have a fully extended height since it’s intended to be used with the legs partially splayed or bent to wrap around thin objects. It’s also an ‘attached’ ball head tripod, meaning that you can’t change the ball head for another.

Either way, you’ll usually be either crouching down or trying to find something higher to secure it to or balance it on.

It’s the best compact tripod if you’re really limited in space in your backpack or just need something to carry in a jacket pocket.

Weighing in at a tiny 71 g (0.16 lbs), this flexible tripod can be taken on every travel adventure without a second thought. It’s the best hiking tripod, so long as you don’t mind the lack of extension.

Made from ABS Plastic, Stainless Steel and TPE, the Gorillapod is the best tripod for travel when camera bag space is at a minimum. Obviously, it’s not as robustly built as some of the heavy-duty tripods , but it doesn’t need to be.

  • Sturdiness: 7/10

The GripTight is designed for any smartphone, with or without a case (56mm – 91mm), such as all the modern iPhones and Samsung Galaxy devices. Leg joints are stable and strong, but you’ll need to find thin tubular objects to wrap them around or flat surfaces for optimum stability (since all leg lengths are identical).

The base of the mount features a 1/4″-20 standard tripod mount meaning that you can attach it to other travel tripods if you need some extra height.

Other than that, the key feature is the ability to wrap the legs around thin objects or use them all together as a handy grip while filming.

If you’re after the most portable camera tripod, nothing beats a Gorillapod, which can fit in a jacket pocket.

If you’re looking for the best tripod for hiking that is able to stand up taller like a traditional tripod, you’ll need look elsewhere on this list.

At less than $25, the GripTight One is amazing value for money, and the 1-year warranty is adequate for regular travel. This makes it the best mini tripod for anyone on a tight budget.

Final Score: 59/70

Gorillapods allow you to secure your camera to objects for a variety of shooting angles and added convenience when traveling alone. Rubberized ball joints provide grippy finger placement for one-handed selfies and vlogging.

FAQs about Travel Tripods

Do I need a tripod for travel photography?

Yes, a tripod will help you take better photos in low light when traveling by stabilizing your camera and reducing movement. This will allow you to use a slower shutter speed to capture more light without having to rely on a higher ISO which can introduce noise into your images.

A tripod can also be useful when taking timed shots or self-portraits, allowing you to include yourself in your travel photos.

That said, you can use any nearby object as a camera stand – rocks, walls, even the ground – as long as you don’t need adjustable elevation or optimal stability, you can use pretty much anything as a make-shift tripod.

How heavy should a travel tripod be?

It’s important to have a lightweight tripod for travel, so the usual trade-off between having a stiffer/more stable tripod that is heavier isn’t so relevant. As long as the tripod is strong enough to hold your camera and lens without swaying, try and find the lightest tripod you can – this will make your traveling experience more enjoyable.

How do travel tripods differ from regular tripods?

They are typically lighter, have more compact dimensions when folded, and are designed for easy transportation. Regular tripods might offer more stability and height but are usually heavier and bulkier.

Can travel tripods support DSLR cameras?

Yes, many are sturdy enough to support DSLR cameras and lenses, but it’s important to check the tripod’s weight capacity to ensure it meets your gear’s needs.

How do you stabilize a tripod?

You should set up the tripod on stable ground and only extend the number of leg sections that are absolutely required – try and avoid the centre column at all costs. If your tripod has a hook, hang something relatively heavy from it, such as your camera bag – just don’t exceed the maximum weight capacity.

Also, you obviously already know how many legs a tripod has , but do you know why they have 3 legs? It’s for optimum stability.

Are travel tripods stable in windy conditions?

While they are designed for portability and may not be as stable as heavier studio models, many come with features like hook weights for added stability in windy conditions.

Can travel tripods be taken on airplanes?

Yes, they are designed to fit into luggage or attach to backpacks, making them suitable for air travel. However, always check with your airline for specific carry-on restrictions.

How do I maintain my travel tripod?

Regular maintenance includes cleaning the legs and joints, checking for loose parts, and, if necessary, lubricating the moving parts according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Always ensure it’s dry before folding it away to prevent rust or corrosion.

You'll Also Like These:

best_heavy_duty_tripod_stand

Mark Condon is a British wedding photographer and editor of Shotkit. When he’s not taking photos or reviewing the latest camera gear and software, Mark can be found cycling around the northern rivers.

50 Comments

Hi, Thanks for this amazing piece of product. Last morning I was trying to find out which tripod is the best lightweight tripod that I should go for. Your article was very useful in this regard.

I started to learn about photography recently, but mostly by myself with the help of the internet. And I’m looking to buy a tripod for it. But until now I have no idea which type I should take on. Because everything looks good nowadays. I might buy the small and the big one, as I wanted to try vlogging and even take photography more seriously. I really want to think before investing money on them, because I have a problem with budgeting sometimes especially when everything seems like a good item to invest in.

Ah yes, paralysis of decision! I know it well, Lala… Why not just go for my number one recommendation, or the second option on the list (which is slightly cheaper)?

Sirui T025X. Only 752grams and folds to 30.5cm. Max height 1.3m. Great for mirrorless. I’ve been using it for couple years now and its always with me everyday.

Ah yep, some Sirui reviews coming here soon actually Izham. They’re great value for money.

A great comprehensive review thanks for sharing

Glad you liked it, David :-)

What would be your thoughts on this tripod? My friend told me to give it a try but I’m not sure if it would be good from my small camera (the camera is pretty light).

Thanks in advance

Hey Roland! What is your camera/lens? It looks like an ok tripod, but depends on what weight you attach to it.

After reading the travel tripod reviews I purchased a ZOMEI Z699C tripod for my travels. On the first trip the bottom section of one leg dropped off. It rolled off a jetty and was lost in the sea so I couldn’t recover it. Zomei is not responding to my emails concerning either a warranty claim or the supply of a replacement leg for a repair.

Hey Robert – when you say it dropped off, did you loosen the leg to the point where it came off? All tripods listed here will behave in the same way if you keep twisting and twisting a leg. I can reach out to Zomei on your behalf, but it depends on the circumstances surrounding the incident.

Hi mark, you have put great effort but please also guide me that which is best shooting tripod among these with good quality and affordable price.

What are your criteria Rachel?

Thanks for the write up! I just purchased the Manfrotto MTPIXI-B PIXI Mini which was actually surprisingly cheap for a Manfrotto product. I plan on using it for Vlogs and my upcoming trip to NZ

Sure thing Lewis. I have that Pixi too – it’s a great alternative to the Gorillapod when you need something a little simpler.

I suppose there is a mistake in data about Gorilla weight.

Great spot Gienio! Thank you – I’ve fixed it now.

Here is my issue. I want a more compact version of the alta pro, something that is more between 3 and 4 lbs. Just not gonna happen. LOL.

Season’s Greetings! While the Oben CT3535 Carbon Fiber Tripod is good for a mirrorless or small DSLR with a smaller lens than the typical 70-200mm zoom, a much more robust Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod than CAN handle any 70-200 f/2.8 zoom on any DSLR or mirrorless camera, is the FLM CP26. It is absolutely Awesome, and the ball head has numerous features, some of which are unique to the brand, such as a Pan function that can ratchet 360 degrees in 15-degree increments…great for precise panoramas! It is superbly well made, a marvel of engineering and design! Highly recommended. FLM-Canada supplies the US. Happy Holidays!

If i’m not mistaken, the vanguard pro isn’t a travel tripod. This review is a bit misleading.

Actually, I stand corrected – maybe I should of read the start of the review!

Great review btw.

Is the Zomei review of the 669 or the 699? Obviously you mention the 699 a lot but the link and specs seem to be for the 669.

Hey Irvin, it’s the 699. I’ll double check those links – thanks for pointing that out!

Where are the tripods from 3 Legged Thing? I’ve got three different of them for different purposes. :)

Hey Peter, I intend to update this list in 2018 with a couple from 3LT – great tripods, I agree.

I spent ages assessing tripods before buying one a couple of years ago, so I was pleased my decision of a MeFoto Roadtrip was validated by your review which I just read now.

I’m completely happy with it, but I have to say, I bought a third party swiss arca plate. The one that comes with the tripod is virtually useless. Not only do you need a tool to tighten it, as you point out, but the rubber grip doesn’t protrude enough from the base to actually provide any traction. Which is a fancy way of saying it kept falling off. The plate I bought was this one:

https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/product/B008S6G09S/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o04_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1

It has served me very well.

I also want to add that the two fixed positions of the legs hasn’t restricted me one bit, especially as you can take out the central column of the tripod and put it back in upside down, so the camera actually hangs underneath the tripod to get really close to the ground.

Thanks for sharing that Paul – good to know there’s a better plate out there for the Roadtrip.

The Velbon Ultra Voxi L is the best travel tripod that I have used. It’s folded length is only 36cm and I can set up and put away faster than any other tripod on the market.

I’ll add it to my list to review – thanks Dennis!

Very helpful thank you, I’ll be using it while I’m out in the field conducting research so really need to save space, the Pedco looks perfect for what I need.

What about 3 legged thing tripods? These are awesome, very well made, and I think outstrip a few of these recommendations… from a pro and amateur perspective. They also have the best customer support…

I’m due to review their new ‘Leo’ soon for this list actually Robin :-)

Good article Am going to try the OMEI-Z669C-PROFESSIONAL-CARBON-FIBER-TRIPOD Monopod important for me Thx

Mark, a good article, though I realize that selecting a tripod, like cameras or camera bags, is a subjective thing indeed! John, check out the Oben CT3535…it’s a sturdy little carbon fiber travel tripod that converts to a monopod. See specs online, but I can say that it’s great for a mirrorless kit, or even a small DSLR with a wide or mid-range zoom. The quality is quite high. IMHO, I’d avoid the cheaper tripods with a fixed center column or leg spread. They won’t work at all on uneven terrain!!

Hey Steve – thanks for the tip re. the Oben CT3535 – will check it out!

I’m a fan of the Rangers 55″ tripod/monopod; it’s simple, inexpensive, and gets the job done.

Ah yes, I need to add this one to the list Matthew – only came across it last month, but have been hearing lots of great reviews about it. Here it is for anyone interested.

Not sure how you could have possibly missed the most popular in terms of coverage (YouTube, forums, reviews, etc) the Sirui T-005X (or the carbon version Sirui T-025X.

What about the Sirui T-025X Carbon with C-10S Ball Head??? I heard is no less than the MeFOTO Aluminum Roadtrip, maybe even better.

I’ll have to check that one out, Omri – thanks for the tip.

Has anyone tried K & F Concept tripods?

manfrotto 190 290 vanguard veo

I have no access to camera shops locally, so this is very useful. The reviewer with Tiger were amazing. Thanks for sharing. ( Annice)

Bradley, yes, I agree that Gitzo is the best in terms of build quality and reputation, however, for about 1/3 the price, I find that the Oben CT3535 Travel Tripod is great for a mirrorless or small DSLR system. It is carbon fiber, with all metal control knobs, and quite well built.

The Vanguard Alta Pro is seriously the best tripod out there. I freaking love mine. To be able to shoot from directly above is great for product photography and stop motion.

Daniel/Mark, While I have no experience with the Vanguard tripod, and have no doubt it serves your purpose, I recently came across a unique and extremely high-quality travel tripod…the FLM “CP26 Travel Tripod”. It has super-strong 10x Carbon Fiber legs (26 lb load capacity!) with well-made twist locks, and a ball head that has several unique features that I’ve not seen in my 35 years of photography using tripods…For example, the “Pan” function permits butter-smooth normal panning, but in addition, adds a 15-degree ratchet function that is fantastic for us landscape/panorama photographers! There is also a “Tilt” knob that locks the ball head so that only one vertical/up/down plane is available. And finally, there is a “lock” function that locks the ball head from panning/turning, so that it can easily be unscrewed and/or mounted solidly. The kit comes with very well-made screw-on metal spikes, and folds up to a compact 15.5″ for travel. Quite ingenious and precision design overall, and highly recommended for travel!!  Bottom line: This FLM tripod simply exudes Quality. Here’s the link to that awesome tripod: https://www.flmcanada.com. Please tell Ari that Steve sent you. Thanks, and I think you’ll find the FLM CP26 Travel Tripod stunningly robust, and a work of art!

Hey Steve, thanks for that – very interesting indeed. I’ll see if I can get my hands on the FLM tripod you mentioned to review later this year.

I’m also a big fan of the CP-26 Travel. I have this and a CB43-FTR ball head and it’s excellent. I’ve taken it hiking in the Scottish Highlands, and regularly use it for my Sinar Norma large format camera. For me it’s perfect because of the load capacity and the exceptional ballhead. The friction control is very smooth, and when you have a heavy camera it’s also very important.

Hi, I think you are making a mistake of one order of magnitude in your weight difference calculation. For example, the weight difference of the two peak design tripod is 290 g, not 29 g. If it was only 29g, the carbon would not be worth it at all. 😊

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

👋 WELCOME TO SHOTKIT!

A black and white advertisement with a couple of black and white objects.

ABOUT YOUR EXPERT

Mark Condon has been a professional photographer for 10+ years and has used and reviewed hundreds of tripods for backpacking around Australia and overseas travel. He prefers to fly without checked luggage (carry-on only), so a lightweight tripod is essential.

MY TOP PICKS

  • Peak Design Tripod
  • HEIPI 3-in-1
  • 3LT Punks Corey
  • Leofoto LS224C

🔥 Popular NOW:

ipa-cover

Unlock the EXACT blueprint to capture breathtaking iPhone photos!

Shotkit may earn a commission on affiliate links. Learn more.

Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

The best travel tripods are versatile, easy to transport and lightweight while still sturdy. Here are our favorites to suit all budgets.

The quick list

Best overall

Best for height

Best compact option

Best lightweight option, best for videographers, best for content creators, best stylish option, best budget travel tripod, best value for money.

  • Travel tripods: FAQ
  • How we test

Peak Design travel tripod in the hand

1. The list in brief ↴ 2. Best travel tripod overall 3. Best for height 4. Best compact option 5. Best lightweight option 6. Best for videographers 7. Best for content creators 8. Best stylish option 9. Best budget travel tripod 10. Best value for money 11. Best travel tripods FAQ 12. How we test

If you're a photographer who likes to get out and about, having one of the best travel tripods in your kit can make all the difference. Whether you're an astrophotographer who hikes out to remote locations or a landscape photographer who likes to trek the rugged coast, a lightweight tripod is an absolute must. 

A tripod is a crucial piece of photography equipment that allows you to frame shots, take your time when setting up, and, most importantly, keep your camera steady in low-light conditions or when shooting long exposures. Combine one of the best travel tripods with the best cameras and best lenses , and you'll have everything you need to capture truly stunning photographs. 

Our team of expert reviewers have put these tripods through their paces in real-world conditions, taking note of their weight and dimensions so you can determine if they'll fit into your bag. Typically crafted from carbon fiber for lightweight durability, these tripods often feature telescopic design, collapsing to a compact size that easily fits into your carry-on luggage or one of the best camera backpacks .

We've made sure to highlight any trade-offs you may have to make for the lighter tripod, as some tend to have a more restricted payload than one of the full-sized best tripods . But overall, they can cut your overall kit weight right down and take up far less space than a traditional tripod.

Peak Design travel tripod on a white background

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is a novel travel tripod that is so narrow it can fit into cabin luggage. It is night-friendly and can support full-frame DSLRs and even smartphones.

Read more below

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head on a white background

One of the best tripods we've seen, it comes with a detachable monopod and built-in phone mount. The carbon fiber tubes keep it relatively light.

The Benro Tortoise 24C tripod against a white background

This tripod is incredibly slimline and great for travel, but the lack of a center column brings pros and cons. It's not the tallest tripod out there, but it's lightweight and easy to transport.

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod on a white background

A very light and compact tripod which can fold down to 13.6 inches, small enough to put in your cabin bag. We like the smooth operating ball head too.

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod on a white background

The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod's aluminum rig is as light and as solid a travel tripod as you’re likely to find, making it great for full-frame astrophotography gear.

JOBY GorillaPod 3k Pro Kit on a white background

The Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit is a unique take on a tripod that can wrap around almost anything to hold 6.6 lbs (3 kg) worth of photography gear.

Load next 3 products ↴

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit on a white background

An excellent quality premium tripod that looks stunning and performs just as well, but it does come with a premium price tag.

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro on a white background

Best budget option

A 6-in-1 option, the Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro converts into a variety of styles to suit different styles of shooting. The legs utilize a twist and lock function.

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 on a white background

The Punks Corey 2.0 is lightweight but it can support over 8x its own weight, and you can remove the legs to make it a monopod.

  • Back to the top ⤴

Best travel tripods we recommend in 2024

Why you can trust Space.com Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test and review products.

Best travel tripod overall

Peak design travel tripod.

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

✅ If only the best will do: This is an exceptional, thoughtfully designed tripod for photographers on the move. We found it hard to fault.

❌ You need more height: You'll only be able to reach a height of 60-inches with this travel tripod.

🔎  Peak Design Travel Tripod:  An exceptionally narrow and compact design makes the Peak Design Travel Tripod a key piece of kit for traveling astrophotographers after something highly mobile and with a fast set-up and takedown. ★★★★½

The Peak Design Travel Tripod earns the top spot on our list due to its slim, compact design that doesn't sacrifice stability, even with heavy DSLR cameras. When folded, the three legs and ball head seamlessly meet without any gaps, resulting in a compact package measuring just 3.125 inches in diameter and 15.4 inches in height. This makes it easy to stow away in luggage or camera bags. Additionally, it comes with a soft padded case featuring a waterproof zip and convenient carry handles.

We loved this tripod's speedy setup and takedown during our Peak Design Travel Tripod review , although we were slightly less fond of the camera attachment. The ball head (one of the most compact we've seen) comes with a tripod plate that attaches to your camera using a hex tool. While this was incredibly stable for long hours when shooting star trails, we can't help but feel that a tool-free D-ring plate would have been easier.

The tripod comes with a smartphone clamp, which is hidden under the center column — it's a neat feature that's very cleverly stowed away. While a tripod like this is perhaps overkill for smartphone photography, it's a welcome addition to take some quick snaps while you're setting up your camera.

The Peak Design Travel Tripod isn't the tallest tripod on this list: Its five leg sections allow for it to extend to 60 inches/152.4cm. It keeps the weight down when traveling, but if you're tall, it might not be the most convenient tripod to use. 

We should also note that there are two versions of this tripod available: One with an aluminum body and another with a carbon fiber body. The carbon fiber model is, as you'd expect, lighter than the aluminum option, but it's also significantly more expensive. And when the aluminum tripod is already very light at 3.44lbs/1.56kg it's hard to justify the extra expense.

  • Read our full Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head

✅  You want one of the tallest travel tripods: This one reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. ✅ You want a detachable monopod: Monopods are better in certain situations, like sporting events where you have limited space. This model comes with a detachable one.

❌ You're sticking to a budget: This is another premium tripod, though it's a great long-term investment. ❌ You want something super lightweight: It's not heavy, but there are certainly more lightweight options out there.

🔎  Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head:  Although it's not cheap, for passionate photographers who need a lightweight, portable tripod capable of providing more height than most, this is a fantastic option. ★★★★★

The Rhino series of travel tripods is Benro's premium range, and this quality shows in practically every element of this tripod. The Benro Rhino FRHN24C has a detachable monopod, a phone mount, and carbon fiber tubes, so it has just about every bell and whistle you'd expect from a high-end tripod.

In our Benro Rhino 24C Two series review , we called it an excellent tripod and praised its sleek design, reliability and portability. It's not the smallest tripod on this list, but since it folds down to 19.3 inches, it's still very compact and is TSA-friendly. When completely extended, it measures 169cm (66.3 inches) so it should be tall enough for most users. As mentioned, it can be configured into a monopod, making it versatile for different types of photography.

Although this tripod is more expensive than others on this list, many professional travel photographers would find it a wise investment. The great thing about Benro is the range of height and size options available for each product. The Rhino comes in four different sizes and a choice between either four or five leg sections, so photographers can choose whichever size best suits their needs. 

We found it easy to set up and take down in the dark. The rubber grips were soft on the hands, and the interchangeable feet were a nice touch—we found that swapping to the spiky feet helped with stability when we were shooting in windy conditions. The VX25 head also has some neat safety features to prevent your camera from slipping off or being dropped, something many other tripod manufacturers don't think of. 

Overall, we loved this tripod and gave it five stars. Although it's certainly an investment, we think it'll last you a very long time.

  • Read our full Benro Rhino 24C Two series review

Benro Tortoise 24C x GX30 Head

✅  You want to shoot low to the ground: The legs can splay out to almost 90-degrees, which is great for those shots where you need to be as low to the ground as possible.

❌ You want height: There's no center column, so it can't reach the heights that other tripods can.

🔎  Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod x GX30 head:  A sturdy and reliable tripod that will last you for years to come. It doesn't sit at the affordable end of the market, but for photographers who need something lightweight and user-friendly, you can't go wrong. ★★★★

When we first looked at this tripod in our Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review , we couldn't figure out why it wasn't their primary travel tripod due to its weight and compactness. The Rhino wins out overall, but if these two particular factors are more important to you than height and versatility, we'd recommend the Benro Tortoise. 

There's no center column in the Tortoise, which is both a positive and a negative. It keeps the weight down considerably and folds down much smaller than other tripods, making it a fantastic travel choice. The lack of center column also makes the Benro Tortoise 24C tripod more flexible than most: Its legs can splay out at almost 90 degrees, allowing it to get extremely low to the ground. It's great for unique angles and compositions, then. 

But no center column also means that the doesn't extend particularly high — our 5'4 reviewer had to stoop to use it at full height. If that's going to be a problem for you, you might be best looking for another tripod. 

The GX30 head features two safety elements to prevent the camera from slipping off when you're putting it on or taking it off, but we thought overall the head was bulkier than it needed to be. The main ball adjustment knob protrudes out a fair amount when, in our opinion, it doesn't need to. That said, it's not impractical, we just think it could do with being smaller.

  • Read our full Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod on a white background

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod

✅  Being lightweight is important: This tripod weighs less than 2 lbs but still has a maximum payload of 6.6 lbs. It folds down to 13.6 inches, too. ✅   You want an affordable carbon fiber tripod: This tripod is excellent value for money and a great price for a carbon fiber model.

❌ You're looking for a lot of height: This one can extend to a height of 51.6-inches which may be a bit small for some.

🔎  Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod: You won't find a travel tripod much lighter than this compact option from Vanguard. It would be ideal for those dark nights when you have to hike to get to your chosen location. ★★★★½

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod is one of the lightest full-size tripods we've ever encountered, and it's the lightest on this list by a long shot, weighing just 1.8 lbs. It can extend to a height of 51.6 inches, which is not the tallest of the tripods in this guide, and hold a load capacity of 6.6 lbs (just about 3 kg). 

This tripod is perfect for travel or hiking, particularly if you're going to remote locations to shoot astrophotography under glorious dark skies. It can collapse down to just 13.6 inches in length, which is quite impressive. 

Although it may not be as tall as other tripods, its lightweight and compact design makes it an attractive choice. Photographers on the go will also appreciate its smooth-operating ball head, and overall, we think the build quality is top-notch.

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO is also a rather versatile tripod, given it can convert to a monopod and a selfie stick. Because of that, we think it's a great choice for videographers or photographers who like to get creative. 

It's worth noting that, despite being a carbon fiber tripod, the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB is surprisingly affordable. There is an aluminum model available, but it's not that much cheaper so in this instance, we'd recommend you go for the carbon fiber and keep the weight as low as possible (the aluminum version is a few ounces heavier at 2.1 lbs).

  • Read more: Best mirrorless cameras

Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod

✅  You're a videographer: The three-way ball head employs a hydraulic dampening mechanism to ensure the camera moves smoothly.

❌ You will get frustrated having to take the camera off your tripod: We found that we sometimes had to remove the camera from the plate to access the battery and memory card doors.

🔎  Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod:  At 3.28 lbs, the Italian-made Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod isn’t ultra-lightweight, yet this aluminum travel tripod is not much heavier than its far pricier carbon fiber rivals. As travel tripods go, it’s not as compact when collapsed as others, yet it’s as advanced as any we’ve come across. ★★★★½

This isn't the lightest tripod on this list, but weighing 3.28lbs, the Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod is still plenty light enough to take on your travels with you. In our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review , we praised its fantastic build quality and loved its strong center column, which makes this tripod ultra-reliable.

It's not just its build quality that's earned the Manfrotto Befree tripod a place on this list, though. It's very affordable, and we think it's an excellent cost-effective alternative to more expensive carbon fiber tripods. We also like that it comes with its own carry case — a nifty addition that adds even more value to its price.

This tripod can reach a maximum height of 59 inches and collapses to 15.7 inches when packed up. It has a reverse folding design which works fine for transportation, but it's not as compact as some other tripods on our list, and there are noticeable gaps between the legs which could waste space when packing it in a suitcase.

It comes with a new and improved ball head that features 360-degree flexibility and the 200PL PRO base plate attaches easily to your camera using a D-ring, which can be done anywhere and requires no extra tools, which is great when you're using it in the dark. 

The four-section legs are versatile, with three angled positions that click neatly into place and sturdy rubber feet to provide grip. While it's not the smallest or lightest travel tripod out there, it's great value for the quality you get.

  • Read our full Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review

JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod

✅ You'll be shooting from uneven surfaces: The unique flexible legs can bend around almost anything — a branch, handrail, fence post and so on. It can also be manipulated to be steady on rocks and uneven land.

❌ You have a lot of heavy kit: The payload is a pretty small 6.6 lbs (3kg). This is still enough for most casual shooters, but it's more suited to lightweight gear.

🔎  JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod:  The Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit is a lightweight yet surprisingly sturdy travel tripod that enables you to shoot anything, anywhere. The ideal tripod for traveling and vlogging. ★★★★½

The JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro is an unusual-looking tripod that is very lightweight and surprisingly sturdy. The design of the legs means that you can attach it to almost anything, allowing you to shoot from any position or vantage point and opening up a world of creative possibilities — we had a lot of fun with this during our JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review .

The main selling point of the GorillaPod is that it's extremely portable, weighing only 8.7 oz/463g and measuring 12 inches/30cm. It can carry a payload of 6.6 lbs/3kg, which isn't the most generous, but it's certainly enough for a mirrorless camera and lens setup. This makes it an attractive option for travel photographers, vloggers and content creators, who can buy a separate mount to attach their smartphones to it.

Along with its unique legs, the GorillaPod comes with an Arca-Swiss compatible ball head that can be panned 360 degrees. Coupled with 90 degrees of tilt, you can capture from practically any angle you like, making this an excellent choice for creative photographers and those who like to experiment with composition. 

The only downside to the GorillaPod 3K pro is that it doesn't come with a spirit level built to ensure your shots are straight as you set them up. But if you're shooting on a newer camera, many of them have a level feature built into their screen, so it likely won't be an issue. 

Make sure to evenly distribute the weight when setting it up to prevent any equipment from tipping over. Once everything was in position, we found it very secure and stable, even with a telephoto lens attached to the camera. Overall, it's an interesting alternative to conventional tripods and is highly portable for outdoor use.

  • Read our full JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review

The Gitzo Legende tripod on a white background.

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit

✅  You want a stylish aesthetic: This tripod has been designed with a beautiful aesthetic in mind, and it performs just as nicely as it looks.

❌ You don't have a big budget: Though it is beautiful to look at, most of the tripods on this list do the same job but for a fraction of the cost.

🔎  Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit  If you have the money, we believe this is a pretty nice tripod to use, but we do have one criticism: there are many tripods on the market, including several that are included in this list, that can do the same tasks for a lot less money. ★★★★

While a tripod isn't usually a fashion statement, that changes when you lay your eyes on the Gitzo Legende. This is an absolutely beautiful tripod that features a high-end design — but it has a very high-end price tag to go with it.

Gitzo's entire Legende series focuses on premium and visually appealing camera accessories. But like the rest of the series, the Legende Traveller Tripod kit isn't just designed to look fancy; it's also a tripod that offers stand-out performance. It's expertly crafted with smooth dials, knobs and adjustments to make it a joy to set up.

The Legende Traveller Tripod Kit impresses with its meticulous attention to detail, including features like the custom-designed matte silver aluminum Center Ball Head and the stylish leather strap, enhancing its premium feel. 

It extends to a maximum height of 65 inches with the central column extended and collapses to a compact length of 16.9 inches when folded. Four leg sections can support loads of up to 17.6 lbs.

If you're willing to spend the money on it, we think it's a good tripod. However, we do have one criticism: many other tripods available, many of which we've mentioned in this list, can perform the same functions at a much lower cost.

  • Read more: Best camera accessories for astrophotography

The Benro MeFOTO Pro tripod on a white background

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro

✅  You want versatility: This is really a six-in-one model — it works as a tripod, monopod, selfie stick, high hat (that allows for unique camera placement) and a table tripod.

❌ You want a super speedy setup: The twist and lock function works well, but setup time might take longer (as you have to twist and lock each section).

🔎  Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro:  This 6-in-1 tripod from Benro really can do it all — it can be a tripod, monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat and tabletop tripod. ★★★½

The MeFoto Road Trip Pro tripod is the third option on this list, coming from Benro, one of the best tripod manufacturers in the market. This model is a little cheaper than the others, but it still offers impressive performance in a compact design.

Of course, there are some trade-offs. Its smaller frame means it holds less weight than some. It's also not the tallest tripod on the market, extending up to 60 inches/155cm. But we think they're trade-offs worth taking. At just 3.6 lbs, it's very lightweight and easy to carry in a backpack or in luggage.

It's also seriously versatile: In addition to being a tripod, the MeFoto Road Trip Pro can be configured into a monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat, and tabletop tripod. It's suited to practically every type of photographer and videographer, and with so many options to choose from, it promotes creativity and experimentation.

We find the tripod's graduated panning scale quite handy because it helps you maintain a level position for smooth panning in video or capturing panoramic shots of the scenery. The twist locks work effectively, but it might take longer to set up if you have to twist or unscrew each one individually. Nevertheless, it's a hassle-free choice that won't strain your budget, making it an excellent option for amateur travelers looking to take photos.

  • Read more: Best cameras for beginners

The 3 Legged Thing Punks corey tripod on a white background

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

✅  You have heavy kit: The 3 Legged Punks Corey 2.0 can hold a whopping 30 lb (14kg) payload, that's 8x it's own weight.

❌ You don't like the look of it: We mean aesthetically — it certainly stands out, but it isn't for everyone. ❌ You need more height: The maximum height is 54.3 inches, which is on the shorter side of the scale of tripods in this guide.

🔎  3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0:  The Punks range is ultralight and ultra-compact and, amazingly, they can still support 30 lbs of weight, which is over 8 times their own weight of 3.95 lbs ★★★½

3-Legged Thing started as a grassroots business in the UK. Danny Lenihan, the company's creator, used his knowledge in lighting and photography to create highly versatile, lightweight tripods and other equipment.

The Punks series of tripods from 3 Legged Thing is designed with travel in mind. They feature a lightweight and compact build crafted from magnesium alloy. Despite their portable size, they boast an impressive weight capacity of up to 30 lbs, surpassing their weight of 3.95 lbs by more than eight times. 

The Corey 2.0 Tripod is 54.3 inches when fully extended, and when it's collapsed, it's just 14.2 inches long. That's super compact, making carrying it or packing it away an absolute cinch. We also appreciate that its feet can be swapped out in favor of a low-level/tabletop setup — and if you prefer, you can remove the legs entirely to opt for a monopod setup.

Even though we liked the tripod's vivid colors, solid designs and general performance, some seasoned amateurs or professionals might be looking for more bells and whistles, such as more complex head systems.

  • Read more: 3 Legged PUNKS Brian tripod review

Travel tripods: Frequently Asked Questions

What is the lightest travel tripod.

The lightest travel tripod we have tested is the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod ; it weighs just 1.02 lbs (463g). However, it's worth noting that it is a unique model that is designed to wrap around objects such as branches and fences. 

The lightest 'standard' tripod in our guide (which has extendable legs and can be used on the ground) is the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod, which weighs 1.6 lbs (725g). 

Can I use a travel tripod with my smartphone?

The answer is yes, you can. Some travel tripods come with a phone adapter, such as the Peak Design Travel Tripod , Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head and Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro, but if they don't, you can also purchase a tripod smartphone mount separately. This is especially useful for content creators who mostly shoot using smartphone cameras. 

Should I buy a Carbon fiber or aluminum tripod?

Carbon fiber tripods generally weigh less than their aluminum counterparts but cost more. Some models will cost significantly more, so if you want to save money on a tripod look to purchase an aluminum model. However, if traveling light is your priority then opt for a carbon fiber model.

For example, the Peak Design aluminum travel tripod costs around $380 at time of writing, whereas the carbon fiber version costs $650 which is $270 or 1.7x more expensive. However, the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204 aluminum tripod costs $130, and its carbon fiber version costs $150, just $20 or 1.25x more.  

What is the best travel tripod for astrophotography?

This depends on the overall payload (weight) of your camera, lens and camera accessories. We'd recommend the Peak Design Travel Tripod as the best travel tripod overall if your budget stretches. But a more budget-friendly option which we still rate highly would be the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB.

It's important to add up the weight of all the gear you will be place on any given tripod because all tripods have a maximum payload; see below.

What is a tripod maximum payload?

A tripod's maximum payload is the maximum weight a tripod is designed to hold rock steady when taking photographs or video footage. To calculate this, add up the weight of everything you will place on the tripod, which may include: The camera , a lens and camera accessories like an intervalometer /remote shutter release, flash, filter, or a star tracker mount .

If it is just slightly over the manufacturer's stated maximum payload for the tripod there's a chance things will be fine. But bear in mind that there are no guarantees for its stability, especially in high winds. If in doubt, go for a tripod that is designed to hold the maximum payload of your camera gear, even if it means investing a little more money.

Travel tripods are designed to be lightweight and compact, so it may be that none on this list will support your maximum payload. If this is the case, we'd recommend a bigger, more generalist tripod from our best tripods guide.

How many leg sections should my tripod have?

Between three and five leg sections is typically the most common. The leg sections are designed to extend to increase or decrease the tripod's height to aid composition. The Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head has four leg sections and reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. However, the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod which has a maximum height of 11.8-inches with just one leg section, but this is intentional because it's designed to wrap around and onto tall objects so 

If you're trekking or want to set up your camera on uneven ground, it's worth testing out tripods with multiple leg angles and the ability to adjust quickly. Usually, a small pin or lever at the top of the legs can be pulled out to increase the leg angle and therefore change the height and stability of the travel tripod.

How we test the best travel tripods

To guarantee you're getting honest, up-to-date recommendations on the best travel tripods to buy here at Space.com we make sure to put every travel tripod through a rigorous review to fully test each product. Each travel tripod is reviewed based on a multitude of aspects, from its construction and design, to how well it functions and its performance in the field.

Each travel tripod is carefully tested by our expert staff or knowledgeable freelance contributors who know their subject areas in depth. This ensures fair reviewing is backed by personal, hands-on experience with each travel tripod and is judged based on its price point, class and destined use.

We look at how easy each travel tripod is to operate, whether it contains the latest up-to-date material, and also make suggestions if a particular travel tripod would benefit from any additional equipment to give you the best user experience possible.

With complete editorial independence, Space.com are here to ensure you get the best buying advice on travel tripods, whether you should purchase a travel tripod or not, making our buying guides and reviews reliable and transparent.

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: [email protected].

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Breaking space news, the latest updates on rocket launches, skywatching events and more!

Jacob Little

Jacob Little is a photographer, writer and communications professional based in Bristol and Cornwall. His main inspirations come from outdoor adventure, travel, rural living and wild ways and crafts. Passionate about weaving the core principles of storytelling into his images, he approaches brand and copywriting work in much the same way. Conveying a compelling narrative is one of the main drivers behind much of his work.

  • Kimberley Lane Contributing writer
  • Tantse Walter Contributing Writer

Early Star Wars Day Lego deal: $130 off UCS Razor Crest

Pre-Star Wars Day Lego deal: 20% off the Emperor's Throne Room

The highest observatory on Earth sits atop Chile's Andes Mountains — and it's finally open

Most Popular

  • 2 Satellite operator SES acquiring Intelsat in $3.1 billion deal
  • 3 Einstein Probe X-ray telescope releases 1st images taken with 'lobster vision'
  • 4 'We are ready:' New NASA documentary looks ahead to Artemis 2 moon mission (video)
  • 5 Scientists reveal Southern Ring Nebula's unexpected structure: 'We were amazed'

most compact travel tripod

The 12 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Adventure

No matter where your wanderlust takes you, you’ll capture the moment better with this essential piece of gear.

best travel tripods

Gear-obsessed editors choose every product we review. We may earn commission if you buy from a link. Why Trust Us?

However, that premise goes out the window as soon as the shooting conditions change. If you want to shoot with a long exposure time, shoot in low-light or nighttime conditions, shoot video , or just want to take nice solo photos when you're traveling alone, you'll want a travel tripod.

While tripods are useful, they also tend to be bulky and heavy, so having a specific tripod for travel makes a big difference. Compared to standard tripods, travel tripods are usually smaller when collapsed, weigh less, and have smaller secondary parts like hinges, feet, and handles.

Not all travel tripods are created equal, though. Some are better suited to large DSLR cameras , while others may only work with smartphones. Here are the best travel tripods to consider for your upcoming vacation to suit all budgets, camera types, and experience levels.

Best Travel Tripods

Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

Best Overall

Peak design carbon fiber travel tripod.

Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Geekoto Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Osmo Mobile SE Intelligent Gimbal

Best Travel Tripod for Professionals

Dji osmo mobile se intelligent gimbal.

Selfie Stick Tripod

Best for Smartphones

Atumtek selfie stick tripod.

AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripod for Heavy Cameras

Sirui am124 carbon fiber tripod.

Element Traveller 5-Section Tripod Kit

Best Ball Head

Manfrotto element traveller 5-section tripod kit.

Max Grip + Tripod

Best for Action Cameras

Gopro max grip + tripod.

Flexible Camera Tripod

Best Flexible

Fotopro flexible camera tripod.

Selfie Stick

Most Compact

Bze selfie stick.

Travel Video Tripod

Best for Video

Manfrotto travel video tripod.

The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take photos for stories in challenging conditions. While landscape photos may seem easy, I often shoot scenes with moving water, night sky, and time-lapse shots, which all require a tripod. I've used many tripods while traveling and am very conscious of weight and size as I often come close to airline weight limits with my bags, especially if I'm already carrying a heavy camera and lenses.

What to Look for in a Travel Tripod

Not every travel tripod will be marketed as a travel tripod, so when selecting one to use during travel, there are a few specific factors to consider.

One of the two most important considerations is weight. Every pound counts when you're working against airline baggage weight limitations, especially on smaller planes or airlines with lower-than-normal weight limits. Sturdy studio tripods can easily weigh into the 15-plus-pound range, but for a travel tripod, you'll likely want to keep it somewhere around 4 pounds or less—roughly the weight of a pair of boots. Plastic travel tripods will probably be the lightest but potentially the least durable. Carbon fiber is extremely strong and lightweight, but much pricier.

Our Pack-and-Go Picks: Best Travel Accessories | Best Travel Bags | Best Travel Gifts

The second most important factor is size. Traditionally, tripods have (as the name belies) three telescoping legs. Travel tripods still have that feature, though many have uniquely shaped legs or modified center columns and handles to make them thinner and shorter when compressed, at least compared to a tripod not designed for travel.

Next, consider the weight capacity/limit: If you find an inexpensive tripod with small measurements, look at the weight rating before you buy it, especially if you have an SLR camera with heavy lenses. Every travel tripod should say the maximum weight it can hold. Keep in mind there are risks to exceeding the weight rating. Either the tripod will break or, more likely, the weight of your camera and lenses will cause it to tip forward, potentially damaging your camera.

Finally, look at the device that attaches your camera to the tripod (called a mount, or mounting plate) and make sure the mount will work with your camera. If you're buying a smartphone travel tripod, get one with a smartphone mount (usually a spring-loaded hook that grips across the back of your phone). If you're looking for a travel tripod for a DSLR, make sure your camera has a threaded hole on the bottom.

Look for a tripod with a quick-release plate to make mounting and removing your camera much. Quick release plates stay screwed into the bottom of your camera and snap onto your tripod, so you don't have to thread your camera in each time.

Note: You can buy tripod mount adapters, but you'll still have to deal with weight limitations—so you can usually mount lighter cameras to smaller tripods, not the other way around.

How We Selected These Travel Tripods

multiple travel tripods

To choose the best travel tripods, I relied on my personal experience using travel tripods and talking with other photographers on their preferred brands and tripod features. From there, I narrowed down my potential picks, then researched user reviews, materials, and features for each.

Once I had a roundup of the top travel tripod options, I finalized my selections based on the best for each superlative below, intentionally choosing from a variety of brands, price points, and photography experience levels.

Peak Design doesn't make dozens of products within each category, but the ones it does make are incredibly well designed and engineered, and very intentional—there’s a reason behind every material and feature selection.

That seems true of the brand’s highly awarded travel tripod, which packs features like a hidden phone mount, a ball head with a twistable lock, extra clips for straps and attachments, and legs that can lower into an almost-flat position into a very lightweight package.

It may look like a standard tripod from the outside, but what makes Peak Design Travel Tripod so great for travel is its compact circumference. When packed, the tripod’s legs, ballhead, and adjustable central column fit together like puzzle pieces, allowing it to be much thinner than most travel tripods. Peak Design is also a B-Corp, is a member of 1% for the Planet, is climate neutral, and has a gear resale program to keep used gear out of landfills.

If you’re not hung up on name brands or particularly care about having a tripod that’ll be able to handle extremely tough conditions, consider the Geekoto AT24Evo. It may not be made with ultralight, ultra-durable materials like higher-end travel tripods, but you get features of much more expensive options in a relatively inexpensive package. That includes a ballhead for a full range of angles, a tall maximum height, a detachable monopod (akin to a selfie stick), and a quick-release plate.

This is an ideal budget tripod for tall shooters as it has an impressive maximum height of 77 inches, though that does come with a relatively long (19 inch) packed length.

Tripods with gimbals—weight-balanced devices that allow cameras to smoothly pan and rotate even while moving—were once solely the provenance of big-time Hollywood videographers. But now, with so many travelers making their living as professional content creators, travel tripods with gimbals have become much more common—and much more affordable.

This unit moves on three axes and the DJI app has built-in templates for easy shooting and editing. Features include motion stabilizing, single-finger controls, snap-on phone connectivity, and gesture control so you can stay in charge even when you’re in front of the camera.

The only downside is that the actual tripod part is fairly short, but that’s a fair trade-off considering it’s a travel tripod, camera gimbal, and selfie stick in one package small enough to fit in a jacket pocket.

For those who mostly take pictures on their smartphone, this unit has a convenient 2-in-1 design that’s ideal for traveling. It weighs less than 1 pound and folds down into a compact 12 inches, yet as a tripod, it reaches 51 inches tall. It can also be held as a selfie stick for those times you want a group photo.

This tripod is compatible with most popular smartphones, including iPhones, Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, and more. It comes with a rechargeable Bluetooth remote—a big bonus—that you can use for self-portraits while traveling solo.

It’s possible to find travel tripods that hold more than 26 pounds—but unless you’re a Hollywood cinematographer shooting on a massive video camera, they’re likely going to be overkill. The weight rating on the SIRUI AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod is more than enough for heavy cameras with massive lenses, and I love that it has extra stability-focused features like retractable spikes on the feet and a central hook to add extra weight for counterbalancing the camera.

Aside from the price, the biggest downside is that photographers will have to make due with just a til-and-pan mount, or pay nearly $100 extra for the ball-head version .

The aluminum ball head on this travel tripod allows you to easily adjust your camera’s angle to capture any shot, with an independent 360-degree pan. It weighs less than 1 pound and extends to more than 56 inches, thanks to its five-section telescopic legs, which can also be positioned independently to accommodate any terrain.

The travel tripod has a maximum weight capacity of 8.8 pounds, making it best suited for small DSLR cameras, and a spring-loaded hook at the bottom of the center column to add weight for extra stability. It also comes with a carrying case for easy transport.

One of the reasons action cameras are great for travel is they can be mounted on almost anything—helmets, chest straps, underwater handles, and even the tips of skis and snowboards. But having multiple mounting options is useless if what you really need is a way to hold it still for time lapses or on-camera video recording.

Fortunately, the GoPro Max Grip + Tripod is both an extendable selfie stick and a tripod in one, and its compact size is one of the smallest I’ve seen. I keep my action cam mounted to it throughout my travels as the twist-locks are easy to deploy and the magnetic legs keep the tripod secure when I’m using it as a selfie stick.

The slim design is ideal for keeping the tripod mostly out of the frame on 360-degree action cameras, but it’ll work with any type of action camera that uses a similar mount.

This tripod doesn’t offer the height of a standard model, but its unique flexible (and waterproof!) legs can be wrapped around any surface—including trees, fences, poles, and more—allowing you to capture unique angles. The tripod comes with attachments for a standard camera, smartphone, and GoPro, and it has a ball head that easily rotates 360 degrees.

This travel tripod weighs just a few ounces, plus there's a Bluetooth remote control included for selfies. With a reasonable price point, the package is great value for all you get.

This selfie stick is as lightweight and compact as they come, allowing you to easily take photographs of yourself and your travel companions. It’s designed to hold smartphones, including popular iPhone, Android, and Samsung models, and it extends to 40 inches for good wide-angle shots. It also comes with a small tripod base and Bluetooth remote.

Keep in mind that this selfie stick is designed for smartphones only, not a heavy DSLR camera.

Capture stunning video footage while traveling with this tripod, which extends to nearly 5 feet and offers 360-degree panning for incredibly smooth images, thanks to its fluid video head. It also supports cameras up to 8.8 pounds.

Other top features include lever-style leg locks for fast setup, as well as a leveling ball joint to ensure perfect horizontal alignment on uneven ground. It has a removable pan bar and two camera adapters, and there's a carrying case included.

K&F Concept Concept Camera Tripod

Concept Camera Tripod

Most tripods have a maximum height around 60 inches (5 feet), but this one extends to 69 inches, allowing you to capture those high-angle shots. The tripod weighs just over 3 pounds, and it has a high, 22-pound maximum weight capacity.

The aluminum-alloy tripod features a 360-degree ball head for panoramic shooting, and one of its legs can be removed to convert it to a monopod. Its inverted central axis allows for low-angle shooting, as well.

National Geographic Travel Tripod Kit

Travel Tripod Kit

This travel tripod is your best bet for backroad adventures. Constructed of lightweight carbon fiber, it weights less than 3 pounds and easily converts to a monopod for nature photography. Plus, it comes with a durable carrying case.

Other highlights include five-section legs with twist locks, a 360-degree ball head, and three leg-angle stops for better stability on uneven terrain. Its 90-degree column mechanism allows you to shoot from ground level or directly overhead, and there's a spring-loaded hook on the tripod's bottom to hang it.

Travel Tripods that Go the Distance. Expert Suzie Dundas Offers These Buying Tips!

peak design travel tripod

PM : What is the biggest difference between a budget travel tripod and an expensive one?

SD: The difference can vary quite a bit. Think of travel tripods as having three main points to evaluate: weight, size, and strength. You can generally have two of those without paying a lot. If you want it to be lightweight and small, it may not be very sturdy. If you want it to be sturdy and lightweight, it may not be that small.

If you want it to be small, sturdy, and lightweight, you’ll probably have to buy a more expensive one. So the biggest difference between an inexpensive travel tripod and a pricey one generally comes down to which of those qualities you’re going to sacrifice (or not).

PM : How important is thickness of a tripod?

SD : Thickness doesn't matter at all—what matters is the sturdiness. In general, it’s fair to say that thicker tripods will be more stable, but that’s not to say that there can’t be thin, stable tripods, especially if they’re made with strong materials like carbon alloys. The actual thickness of the materials is secondary.

The only exception to this may be if you choose a travel tripod with plastic legs (which will likely be an inexpensive option). You may want to go with something a bit thicker to reduce the chances of it breaking or getting bent if it accidentally gets sat on or smashed in your suitcase.

PM: Twist or flip?

SD : With telescoping legs, you’ll find two methods of locking the legs when extended: twist locks or flip locks. Twist locks are easy to use: twist the locks in one direction to lock them, twist them in the other direction to unlock (and collapse) them; It’s essentially a wringing motion.

Tripods with twist locks are generally less bulky, setup is quick, and the lack of extra levers means they’re less likely to get snagged or caught on straps and bags. However, it can be easier to think they’re locked when they’re not, and they can trap abrasive materials like dirt and sand in the mechanisms if not cleaned occasionally.

Flip-style locks have some kind of lever or tab you’ll flip to switch between locked and unlocked. These levers may add a bit of extra width or bulk to your tripod, and they’re a bit slower to set up as most tripods will have at least six of these levels on the legs.

However, buyers who are new to using travel tripods will likely benefit more from flip-style locks, as it’s much easier to tell with a glance if they’re locked or not, eliminating accidental falls. Twist locks also tend to be a feature of higher-end (i.e. more expensive) travel tripods.

PM : How much is too much to pay for one of these?

SD : How much is too much to pay for a travel tripod is an impossible question to answer, except in very broad strokes: plan to pay somewhere between $30 and $1,000.

Travel tripods designed for phones and action cameras will generally be cheaper than travel tripods for professional-level cameras. You can get a high-end, durable travel tripod for a phone for less than $100, and likely less than that.

However, if you’re shooting on a more expensive camera, you don’t want the device holding that camera to be too inexpensive or poorly made. You also want to ensure your travel tripod for a DSLR can maintain its integrity and strength even when knocked over on rough ground or airplane storage bins, banged around in your luggage, or handled roughly in transit. Cameras are expensive and you want to be able to trust your tripod to protect them.

That’s not to say you need to go much beyond the $300 range, but it does mean DSLR shooters won’t want to consider price as the most important factor. And if you’re shooting professional-level content with extremely long or heavy lenses, you’re probably looking more at the $500 range, especially if you add a DSLR gimbal attachment.

PM : What are some extra features to be on the lookout for?

SD : Travel tripods are certainly not as complicated as the cameras themselves, but there are a few features you need to consider. If you plan on shooting video, you’ll likely want a pan handle. It’s just what it sounds like—a grippy handle you can use to smoothly pan the camera.

Another feature on many, but not all, travel tripods is an adjustable center column. They allow you to adjust the camera height without adjusting the legs. They’re especially useful on travel tripods with flip-style locks that take longer to adjust or for taller photographers.

You’ll also want to look at the tripod head: the apparatus that allows you to move and swing the camera while still attached to the tripod. Many higher-end and professional travel tripods will have ballheads, which can rotate your camera at virtually any angle between 0 and 180 degrees.

The other most frequent travel tripod head is referred to as a “tilt-and-pan.” These generally allow you to move the camera to the left and right, plus forward and backward, but only at 90-degree angles. Travel tripods with ball heads offer a much wider range of flexibility for shooting and are quicker to adjust.

Originally from the East Coast, Suzie Dundas is a Lake Tahoe-based freelance writer and editor who now splits her time between enjoying the outdoors and writing about them—she's the senior outdoor editor at Matador Network and a regular adventure and travel contributor at TripSavvy.com . She has written feature stories for publications like Outside Magazine , SkyLife Magazine , Playboy , Frommers, INSIDER, and more, and contributes couples travel and honeymoon content for TheKnot.com . Suzie co-authored Lonely Planet Sustainable Travel Guide and is the author of 2021's "Hiking Lake Tahoe." She has undergraduate degrees from the University of Maryland and an M.A. in media and political communication from George Washington University. Follow her on Instagram at @HikeUpYourSkirt or find more of her work at suziedundas.com . 

preview for Popular Mechanics All Sections

.css-cuqpxl:before{padding-right:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;} Adventure .css-xtujxj:before{padding-left:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;}

yeti roadie 32

The Best Camping Coolers for Summer Adventures

best inflatable kayaks

The Best Inflatable Kayaks

a person holding a knife

The 13 Best Pocket Knives to Buy Now

The Best Camp Chairs of 2024

senior man checking home fuse box by candlelight during power outage

Surviving the Inevitable Summer Power Outage

best hiking boots

The Best Hiking Boots for Outdoor Adventures

filtered water bottles

The Best Filtered Water Bottles Clean Up Your H2O

best lightweight hiking boots

The 9 Best Lightweight Hiking Boots

a person holding a knife

The 10 Best Swiss Army Knives for Home or Away

several solar powered generators on stones

The 9 Best Solar-Powered Generators

a black and yellow lantern

The 7 Best Camping Lanterns to Light Up the Night

NOMADasaurus Logo

The 10 BEST Travel Tripods – Ultimate Photo Guide [2024]

Picture of Alesha and Jarryd

  • Last Updated: February 2, 2024

If you’re in the market to buy the best travel tripod then we’ve got you covered! Working as professional travel photographers we have personally tried and tested countless products on the market, and now are ready to share our expert guide to the best tripods for travel in 2024!

Having spent almost a decade travelling the world on various photography assignments, from Antarctica to the Arctic and everywhere in between, it’s safe to say when it comes to gear, we know what works and what doesn’t.

While some accessories are a bit more generic than others, what we’ve found over the years is that selecting something as important as tripods is not so straightforward as one would think.

We’ve bought, tested, and eventually ditched, dozens of travel tripods since we first got into photography, and are always on the hunt for the best deals.

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod

We’ve tested everything and officially declared this Peak Design product as our top selection for best travel tripods. It’s lightweight, reaches eye level, durable and packs down to the size of a water bottle. You can save a few bucks with the aluminium version or choose carbon fiber for the best in travel photography technology.

Table of Contents

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Punks travis system  , manfrotto befree, vanguard veo 2 go, joby gorillapod 3k pro, zomei iphone tripod, benro systemgo, gitzo traveler series 1, sirui t-005x, mefoto backpacker s , portability , best professional tripod: gitzo traveler series 1, most portable tripod: joby gorillapod 3k.

These days we have finally narrowed it down to our favourite few products, based on features, durability, portability and price, and after thousands of questions from friends and readers we have finally sat down to share our top recommendations from our experience.

But do you really need a tripod for travel photography?

You might think it’s a bit unnecessary, but truth is the travel photography you can create is going to be so much higher quality thanks to one of these essential tools.

Even the steadiest hands give off some shake, and the second you start diving into the world of long exposures, you’re going to need to keep your camera perfectly still.

Speaking of cameras, make sure you check out legendary guide to travel cameras here !

A lightweight travel tripod will provide crystal clear shots, time-lapse video, panoramas, and long-exposure looks at the night sky.

Besides helping create beautiful images, a tripod also comes in handy if you want to setup the camera to take a photo of yourself when no one else is around.

So why talk about the best travel tripods specifically, rather than just camera tripods in general?

Before you can set up your tripod and start shooting, you’ll have to haul your gear to the location.

Any traditional camera tripod may be capable of capturing the shot, but might be too heavy to carry with you.

Remember, you’ll have to carry every piece of gear you take on your hike and back every step of the way.

Photography equipment built for travel has one primary objective: be light weight.

Great travel tripods are small enough to slip into a daypack and strong enough to withstand a grouchy luggage handler to bring a quick and easy setup on the move. 

Even a professional travel tripod will compromise some operating features to be more portable.

Jarryd Sunrise Best Travel Tripod

Whether it’s a lower peak height or wobbly legs, a tripod built for travel won’t have the same comfort levels as a traditional tripod, but packability is priceless. 

The good news is, there are plenty of travel tripods that provide enough creature comforts and extra features that allow them to serve your needs beautifully, and we’re here to show you what the best options have to offer. 

This epic buying guide will cover everything you need to know to feel confident in your purchase.

READ MORE: Keen to become a better creator? Check out our expert guide to our best travel photography tips !

Whether your valuable equipment needs a strong max load, your far-reaching panorama requires great maximum height or your extreme adventures require durable carbon fiber construction, we’ve got the sturdy travel tripod for your next adventure.

There are loads of different components that make up a tripod kit, and no one secret formula to success. Tripod manufacturers and models all have different strengths and weaknesses that allow them to function in different scenarios.

In addition to showcasing the best-in-class tripods, we’ll examine some key points to consider when choosing the best travel tripods for you. So take a look, get your batteries charged, and start shooting with the best tripod for your needs.

The Best Travel Tripods 

We’re on our way to the mountaintop just before sunrise to grab an epic shot. And we’re not going to take just any old tripod with us.

To qualify for this buying guide, the tripods on our list offer the best overall value and utility.

Starting at the pinkies of the interchangeable rubber feet up to maximum height with a ball head attached, we expanded and compacted the leading lightweight travel tripods.

Whether you’re looking for something petite for a compact camera or a full-sized unit, read on to find the best travel tripod for your trip.

Long Exposure Sunrise Pool Photo

Peak Design isn’t just a company name – it’s a brand legacy. After revolutionising the industry with their Capture Clips and backpacks, their award-winning travel tripod was crowdfunded thanks to its smattering of unique design features that make it fit uniquely in every camera bag.

Peak Design spent four years working on this aluminium and carbon fiber travel tripod. An included ball head design that works with unique leg locks to reduce the mini tripod to the diameter of a can of tomato sauce and extend out to a maximum height at eye level. 

The ball-head of such a compact tripod may look funky, but the potential is there, and the ARCA -compatible camera plate works with most DSLRs.

You may feel a bit awkward swinging your camera around the first few shots, but this center ball-head is also one of the biggest reasons this tripod is so packable. Once you get the hang of operation, you may never switch back.  

It’s not the most affordable tripod out there, but any passionate photographer will tell you not to skimp on key camera accessories .

Don’t trust a cheap plastic base to protect your DSLR camera; trust in this sturdy aluminium version (or pay extra for the carbon fiber tripod, which we did ) backed up by a lifetime guarantee. 

  • Packs down to the size of a water bottle
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Light, durable and versatile

Peak Design Travel Tripod

If it wasn’t for the incredible product design at Peak Design, this Travis system would be the clear-cut champ of the travel tripod market – despite not even being created for travel first. 

At $100 less than their rival and with loads of valuable features, this three-legged thing is an excellent addition to any camera kit. 

While it doesn’t pack down to the same compact folded length as our editor’s choice tripod above, Travis has its own strengths. It’s not just trying to be the best travel tripod, it wants to be the only tripod you own. Whether you’re into standard travel photos, astrophotography or waterfall photography , this unit has you covered.

It’s tough to argue with some of its specs. With a great maximum heigh, durability, and strong tripod legs, there aren’t many shots you can’t capture with this tool. 

What we love most about this tripod is the number of professional features the photography-focused 3 Legged Thing brand brought to the little guy.

This system features extra foot options, a quick-release plate, and extension accessories normally reserved for professional tripods that cost hundreds more than this affordable option. You can build out your tripod any way you see fit.  

  • Loads of customization options
  • 11:1 load to weight ratio
  • Ships with its own carrying bag
  • Not a travel tripod first

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Jmhw1Ps&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Manfrotto’s BeFree line of travel tripods can be hard to navigate. The Befree tripods come at a variety of costs supporting loads of different features. 

While any model will give you a sturdy camera stand, our favourite BeFree tripod is the 2N1 model , which comes with monopod options.

Detach the center leg, and you’ve got the perfect selfie stick!

You won’t have to lug the entire tripod around when a monopod will do the trick. Put it all back together and you’ll have 4 different leg sections that help you get the shot at all levels.

That’s a great feature, and this robust travel tripod is way more than a one-trick pony. Twist locks clamp across the ball head and each leg allows plenty of height adjustment up to eye level. We love the simple brilliance of a good twist and lock tripod. 

No need to reinvent the wheel; Manfrotto instead took quality features and built them into a lightweight travel tripod affordable to photographers of all levels. 

They also have other models that are worth a look, such as the Manfrotto Befree Advanced.

  • Can also be used as a monopod
  • Wide selection of tripod models for various features
  • Click or twist-lock options
  • Doesn’t pack down as low as other models
  • No carbon fibre models

Elinjaa Falls Carbon Fibre Tripod

Right away, we couldn’t believe that this affordably priced travel tripod comes with carbon fibre construction.

The ultralight and durable material carbon fiber is usually reserved for the most expensive travel tripod options, but Vanguard has made carbon fiber available at a fraction of the cost. 

If materials are the number one concern on your list, but price is a close second, this tripod makes the decision easy.

Set up requires five flip locks that allow the tool to reduce to a tiny size and expand up to eye level, all at less than three pounds. 

Shop around to find a VEO 2 Go package that includes a bubble level, cell phone mount and Bluetooth remote or whatever customisation options you want to bring along with you. One thing for sure, this bad boy is all about traveling light. 

  • Packs down very small
  • Carbon fibre at an affordable price
  • Reversible centre column
  • No carbon fibre option

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Qpw6Ldz&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

There’s light, and then there’s this. A vlogger and amateur camera-man special, the slingy arms of the Joby GorillaPod 3k is always a go-to for travel photographers where space and flexibility are of the utmost importance.

This is not a full size tripod, as it won’t extend much higher than one foot, but it can be used just about anywhere and the 3k version is perfect for point-and-shoot or mid-sized mirrorless camera setup.

They’re so good, we have two!

The GorillaPod travel tripod can be wrapped around trees, poles or mounted easily to ledges, walls, and car hoods for quick and beautiful shots.

The larger 5K tripod has a larger max load that can support DSLR cameras, but this slim 3K tool supports smartphones and go pros and fits into any daypack. 

The legs of this Joby tripod are flexible, allowing you to find stability and center the horizon on all sorts of uneven surfaces. Above all else, this aluminum tripod is one of the more affordable options on our list. 

If you’re not shopping for a full size best travel tripod, look towards this GorillaPod to fit into every luggage and balance on every surface. 

  • Super flexible legs
  • Works in places where full-size tripods are banned
  • Only extends 16 inches
  • Won’t support a larger camera

Waterfall Photography Tasmania

For the travel photographer that prefers to leave their big DSLR or mirrorless cameras at home and stick to their favourite smartphone, the ZOMEi iPhone Tripod is the one for you.

For less than 20 bucks, you can secure your phone for stable action shots and easy selfies.

If you just want a few memories to send to the folks at home, you can casually throw this ZOMEi lighter tripod in your day pack and start exploring. 

It’s so light you won’t even notice it in your luggage, and once it’s time to shoot, you can take advantage of the three-legged tripod and remote control to capture yourself in motion just as easily as others. 

You can easily sling this tripod to whatever angle you need, making it a perfect option for capturing backyard skateparks and backflips. It’s also a great choice for budding vloggers who haven’t started raking in the ad revenue.

Remote shutter features allow you to stop and start live streams without walking up to the camera.

The affordability, remote start, and iPhone functionality make this a great first tripod, so you can see what a great set of three legs can do for your photography. 

  • Most affordable tripod on our list
  • Comes with a remote shutter
  • Built to work with iPhones
  • Can’t support a dSLR
  • Five leg sections to clip through

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B01Hmvnv7I&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

The SystemGo gets a huge boost by Benro’s additional range of accessories.

It’s a tabletop tripod that can double as a mobile work or photo editing station with the GoPlatform that allows you to mount your laptop with the same protection and versatility as your camera.

Even without this fancy feature, this tripod would be worth a second look .

Benro’s center column helps expand your field of view, although unfortunately, you’ll have to supply your own ball head. 

Its affordability takes a hit because of all these additional purchases, but camera operators who want more choice will love this system.

The built-in monopod attachment grants you further control over your kit. You can detach the center leg and use the travel tripod as an arm-extending monopod if you don’t feel like lugging the entire arsenal. 

Look past all these extra features, and you’ll see a great, folding, sturdy tripod with a heavy operating capacity at a modest weight. 

  • Doubles as a mobile workstation
  • Can be used as a monopo d
  • Includes a padded soft case
  • Ball head sold separately
  • Larger than other options on our list

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B072Ksw57W&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Trust this piece of gear to be ready to roll before sunrise. Carbon fibre can sometimes sacrifice durability in the name of lightweight, but not this Gitzo .

Gitzo tripods are no less than three pounds of the best tripod functionality whittled down to travel size. 

This series is the closest thing to a professional-grade carbon fiber travel tripod on our list, and it still fits in overhead flight storage.

A Swiss Arca quick release ball head and reverse folding leg design allow you to stow this carbon fiber tripod and quickly expand the leg sections when it’s time to shoot. 

Five twist-lock sections are user-friendly and easy to activate to make getting the perfect height even easier. I feel further responsibility to nitpick ultra-expensive options, and we do wish the legs would extend to a bit higher than 58 inches, but overall this series is well worth the high price. 

Gitzo is arguably the number one name in tripods, and with their Traveler series, you can expect nothing less but the best stability and user-friendly features from this model. 

However, for most amateur and even professional photographers, we feel that other tripods can perform the same functions at a fraction of the cost.

The major exception to this is any travel photographers planning to shoot in extreme weather. You won’t find anything more storm-ready than this Gitzo.  

  • Respected tripod brand
  • Very durable
  • High max load weight
  • Quite expensive

Milky Way Gitzo Tripod

Sirui’s aluminum travel tripod cemented its place on our list thanks to its incredibly low price point and high quality build.

If you’re not shopping for a cheap plastic iPhone only tripod, this is the most affordable travel tripod you can find that still offers the stability and performance to be worth bringing along. 

Don’t expect this tripod to rock a heavy load capacity; it’s simply a cheaper aluminum version of the best models on the market.

We love how lightweight it is, and the number of leg sections fold up nicely to stow the tripod in about a foot of space. 

We didn’t love the fact that twist locks split into five different leg sections even though the tripod head won’t reach near 5 feet high.

Oh well, they are what they are, the best budget travel tripods on our list. If you’re looking for no more than three legs and a high build quality ball head, look no further. 

  • Very affordable
  • Really lightweight
  • Carbon fibre and aluminium hybrid
  • Centre column doesn’t compact

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07H7P52Ct&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

To round out our best travel tripod list, we present another sturdy option that saves you a bit of money.

The Backpacker S doesn’t pump out eye-popping specs, but it does stay incredibly affordable and lightweight.

And most of us won’t need anything more than this sturdy tripod with Swiss Arca ball plates – no need for a hex key!

The ball-head allows complete 180-degree rotations of your camera, perfect for panoramas. You can have your choice of several bright colors, all with great functionality at an affordable price. 

It’s another high-quality aluminum tripod that isn’t trying to reinvent the industry.

Instead, Mefoto has presented affordable and lightweight travel tripods that prove you don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars to shoot with stability. 

  • Can be converted into a monopod
  • Additional mount available for phones and cameras
  • Affordable and customisable
  • Not built for all-weather
  • Decent across the board but doesn’t have any exceptional features

How to Choose the Best Tripods for Travel

As you can see, there’s a lot of great options when it comes to selecting the best travel tripod!

By definition, tripods often look pretty similar – Three legs with varying degrees of leg locks come together at a ball-head camera mount, maybe with a quick release plate.

With so much standardisation in construction, how can one tripod be considered better than the rest?

While loads of budget tripods can provide a capable camera stand, there are only a few products that seriously consider each of the following factors.

To choose the best travel tripod for your next adventures, take a look at these factors and decide which ones are most important for your needs. 

Ask yourself how you’ll be travelling to your photoshoots. If you’re travelling with an entire car full of room, you won’t have to worry as much about tripod weight as you will if you’re looking for a compact travel tripod that is also a hiking companion. 

Long-term travellers living out of a backpack may not feel the difference in a pound or two, but should emphasise buying a tripod that compacts to a small size.

And, of course, we have to be able to afford the dang thing! 

READ MORE: Make sure you have a good way to carry your tripod by diving deep into our ultimate guide to the best camera backpacks !

Without portability, your travel tripod is just a tripod. Your tripod’s portability will be a combination of its weight and folding size. 

Weight is a straightforward factor to consider – less is more! However, a lightweight tripod may sacrifice a bit of durability to weigh next to nothing, and lightweight tripods are generally more expensive, such. asthe

Ask yourself how many miles you plan on walking with your entire load capacity on your back, and let that answer define how lightweight your travel tripod will be. The lightest options on our list weigh between 2-4 pounds.

The folded length is just as important as weight. The Peak Design Travel Tripod ’s ability to condense down to the size of a water bottle is what earned its title of the best travel tripod.  

We want the number of leg sections to fold down and fit inside our travel bag, but some ultra-folding travel tripods may sacrifice maximum load capacity and durability to bend further.

Visualise how you will be transporting your tripod weight and decide how important folded length is to keep everything inside your backpack.

Portable Travel Tripod

Aha! The reason why tripods aren’t more portable across the board. I like my tripods to reach as close to eye level as possible, about 5 feet at maximum height. Anything more is a bonus, but anything less will start to lose value. 

Don’t forget to check out minimum folded height as well! You might want a tripod that can function with a leg angle selector at only a few inches off the ground for close-up shots, which can be handy for some types of landscape photography .

Not all 6-foot tripods are built the same, a lot depends on the number of leg sections it takes to get there.

Look at how the tallest travel tripod reaches its height and make sure it doesn’t sacrifice too much max load – we still need a sturdy tripod!

The more sections your tripod has, the smaller its folded height may be, but the more leg locks you’ll have to turn loose before your tripod is ready to shoot. 

I find that tripods with more than four leg sections start to be less sturdy and more annoying to lock up. 

Some of the tripods on our list are not cheap, especially if it’s a carbon fiber tripod. If you’re making a significant investment in your travel tripod though, you should expect it to last.

We’ve already touched on a few factors that impact durability; lightweight status, tripod weight, and leg sections. But the biggest indicator of your tripod’s durability is the build materials. 

Most of the tripods on our list use aluminum and carbon fiber. We do not recommend investing in a travel tripod made of plastic if you plan on taking it through the wringer.

Even if you don’t plan on bumps and bruises, the cheapest travel tripod won’t last more than a year or two, it will be flimsy and you wouldn’t even want to trust compact cameras on it.

Aluminum is a great middle ground. It’s not so expensive, and it’s not very fragile.

Travellers taking photos in normal weather conditions and exposing their gear to an average amount of wear and tear will be OK with the lightweight metal, and it still supports great maximum height.

Going near the ocean though, or want the best travel tripod on the market? You’ll need to look at carbon fiber tripods.

Carbon fiber is the strongest, lightest, and most weather-resistant material used in tripod construction, but also the most expensive. Invest in a carbon fiber tripod if you plan on shooting rain or shine. 

Some other tripods are made up of a combination of the two materials to strike up a middle ground. 

There’s a large amount of range in tripod pricing, and you can expect to get what you pay for. As you can see, you can find a good tripod for anywhere from $100- $400. Even higher if you’re looking at the Peak Design Travel Tripod (it’s worth the price tag though).

I strongly believe in investing in your gear, but you shouldn’t buy a travel tripod that costs more than your camera!

Some gearheads will swear by the most expensive options, but the truth is, casual travellers won’t need the features included on a $400 tripod. 

That’s a Wrap!

We broke out the zoom lens and examined the landscape of the best travel tripods on the market with everything we got. Hopefully, the image is starting to get a bit more clear.

While best travel tripod won’t affect your picture quality as much as your camera will, a sturdy, steady, and lightweight tripod will go a long way towards sharp images and safe camera use. 

Whether you’re trying to play with long exposures, vlogging, or working in low-light, our editor’s choice Peak Design Travel Tripod will help you perform to your fullest no matter where you’re shooting. 

Looking for other ideas? Here is our runner up in 2 different categories:

This special carbon fiber tripod won’t come cheap, but it’s the best we’ve tested, and you can always write it off as a business expense if you’re a pro.

The three-pound unit offers excellent stability, durability, and portability that will pay for itself during your first long hike or voyage.

Get the best deal for it here .

Incredibly small, flexible, and portable, this tripod can go anywhere you can. Add in the surprisingly sturdy ball heads at a reasonable price, and you’ve got a simple option focused on portability.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Picture of Alesha and Jarryd

Alesha and Jarryd

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

Join the Team

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Getting Around Magnetic Island – ‘How to’ Transportation Guide

The Ultimate GUIDE to the Best MAGNETIC ISLAND BEACHES and Bays

14 Best Day Trips From Reykjavik, Iceland (2024 Guide)

Related Posts

Beijing to ulaanbaatar – transport and border information, the world of foreign laws and customs overseas, jacis lodges review – a luxury safari in madikwe, south africa, the ultimate guide to nepal’s poon hill trek, leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Advertisement

  • Electronics
  • Camera accessories

The Best Tripod

Four tripods that we tested to find the best tripod, each with a camera attached to the top.

By Erin Roberts , Arriana Vasquez and Phil Ryan

Many of today’s cameras and lenses come with truly impressive image stabilization built right in, but there are always occasions—such as time-lapse or macro photography—when it makes sense to put your camera on a tripod. After spending 60 hours researching tripods and 30 hours testing 16 of the most promising models, we found the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit to be the sturdiest platform for challenging shooting situations. It has the tallest maximum height among the tripods we tested, and it’s very stable. It’s also easy to set up and break down, and built to withstand years of use.

Everything we recommend

most compact travel tripod

Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100

The best tripod.

This stable, easy-to-use, and versatile tripod has an angling center column. It gets taller and has more leg-angle positions than the other models we tested.

Buying Options

May be out of stock

most compact travel tripod

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB

A tripod that can handle two cameras.

Smaller and lighter than our top pick, this tripod can also support two devices at once. But it’s a little less stable and slightly more expensive.

most compact travel tripod

Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner

A solid waterproof tripod.

This tripod doesn’t have an angled center column, but it’s quite sturdy, designed with a greater load capacity than any of our other picks, and (most important) waterproof.

most compact travel tripod

Manfrotto Element MII

Best travel tripod.

The Element MII goes from backpack-sized to tall smoothly and quickly, and it provides sturdy support at a price lower than that of our other picks.

most compact travel tripod

Sirui P-204SR

The best monopod.

This monopod is strong and stable, perfect if you like shooting subjects that require you to stay on the move.

If you need a more specific kind of support for certain shooting situations, we also have picks for people who dual-wield cameras , those who frequently shoot sports or wildlife , photographers who work in wet conditions , and frequent travelers . But all of the picks in this guide are geared toward full-size cameras. If you’re looking for a tripod for a smartphone, try our guide to the best tripod for iPhones and other smartphones .

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best balance of size and stability of all the tripods we tested. It gets taller than any of our other picks (68.2 inches at maximum height), its legs can splay outward at four angles, and its angling center column lets you position your camera as low to the ground as you want. This combination means you can find a stable shooting position on all kinds of surfaces, whether the camera is up high or down low. The included ball head (the part that connects the camera to the tripod legs and allows adjustments to the camera’s position) is better than what you usually find bundled with tripods in this price range; it adjusts smoothly, locks down solidly, and has a quick-release plate for you to easily attach and detach the camera. With a 15.5-pound weight limit, this tripod is more than strong enough for any of the camera-and-lens combinations we recommend .

If you’re more of an on-the-go type of shooter, or if you like to shoot with two stabilized cameras at the same time, the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is the tripod for you. It’s smaller and lighter than our pick and has all the same features, including a multi-angle center column. In addition, it comes with an adapter that lets you mount a second camera to the center column when it’s in the horizontal position, so you can shoot with two devices at once.

If you plan to submerge your tripod in water on a regular basis, Sirui’s W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth paying more for, since it’s designed to keep dirt or sand from mucking up any sliding parts. Solidly built and easy to set up, the W-1004K10 has a ball head that adjusts smoothly, and its impressive 33.1-pound load capacity means that even if you rent a huge lens for a once-in-a-lifetime nature vacation, the W-1004K10 can handle it. It doesn’t have a tilting center column like our other picks, but you probably won’t miss that feature when you’re waist deep in a lake.

Manfrotto’s Element MII is an ideal travel tripod because it offers ample height and support in a highly portable package. Capable of collapsing to just 16.7 inches long and weighing a mere 3.4 pounds, it can nevertheless extend to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches and support up to 17.6 pounds of gear. It was one of the most stable travel tripods we tested, yet it also costs less than much of the competition. The Element MII has other key features we seek in a travel tripod, such as easy-to-use twist leg locks and smooth and simple control of the ball head. It even has some nifty extras, including two bubble levels to help keep perspectives straight.

If you’re into shooting birds and other wildlife, or if you like to capture fast-moving sports, a tripod might just get in your way. What you need in that situation is a monopod, and the Sirui P-204SR is our favorite monopod because it’s tall, strong, and adaptable. The removable base features three sturdy feet that provide great stability when equipment is mounted, and this monopod can even become a tabletop tripod with an included accessory. With the base attached, the P-204SR stands 63.5 inches tall, and without the base it’s still a respectable 57.9 inches.

The research

Why you should trust us, who should get a tripod, how we picked, how we tested, our pick: vanguard alta pro 2+ 263ab100, flaws but not dealbreakers, best for use with multiple cameras: vanguard veo 3t+ 234ab, a great waterproof tripod: sirui w-1004k10 tripod kit river runner, best for travel: manfrotto element mii, the best monopod: sirui p-204sr, sustainability and the environmental impact of tripods, other good tripods, the competition.

Four of our favorite tripods, each in their most folded and compact position.

Arriana Vasquez has been doing both professional and hobbyist photography for over 10 years and worked for three years as a camera specialist at several camera stores in New York City. Her work ranges from fashion to nature and street photography. She has also contributed to Wirecutter’s guides to instant cameras , tripods for smartphones , and portable document scanners .

Erin Lodi is a photojournalist, writer, and professional photographer , and has a wide range of experience researching, testing, and writing about photography trends, techniques, and tools—including in her role as mobile-imaging editor at DPReview, the most popular camera review site on the web. She has been reporting on travel tripods for this guide since 2014, testing dozens of models and measuring performance in a variety of climates and situations.

Even with the image-stabilization systems built into many modern cameras and lenses, when you’re using slower shutter speeds, the slightest movement of the camera can result in blurry pictures. If you shoot a lot in the following situations, using a tripod will let you get shots that would otherwise be very difficult or even impossible to capture:

  • Low light and longer exposures: When low light requires you to use a slower shutter speed, it’s best to keep the camera stabilized. (Experienced photographers tend to use the reciprocal rule to figure out whether they need to use a tripod.) Similarly, if you’re using a longer exposure to create a special effect—such as blurring the movement of a waterfall while keeping the background sharply focused, or capturing bursts of color from a fireworks show—you’ll get a much better result with a tripod.
  • Remote triggers: You can take much better selfies and group photos with the camera on a tripod. You can either set the timer and run over to pose with the group or connect your camera to your smartphone and trigger the camera with the camera manufacturer’s app. Remote triggers are also useful when you don’t want to be near the camera—say, while you’re waiting for a hummingbird to show up at a bird feeder or for other wildlife to wander in front of your lens.
  • Landscapes, panoramas, and HDR: Even if you’re shooting a landscape with plenty of light, placing the camera on a tripod lets you ensure that the camera is level for a straight horizon and that all the elements in the shot are properly positioned. Similarly, if you want to turn multiple shots into a panorama (stitched together in software), you need a tripod to keep everything evenly placed in the frame. And high dynamic range (HDR) images, which consist of two or more photos combined, require that those pictures be perfectly aligned. A tripod lets you take different exposures to get a better range of highlights and shadows while preserving alignment—the resulting pictures will more accurately reflect the scene you wanted to capture.
  • Close-ups and telephoto shots: Whether you’re using a macro or telephoto lens, the closer you get to a subject, the more sensitive the camera is to even the slightest movement. Telephoto lenses also tend to be bigger and heavier than other lenses, so you might not want to shoot handheld for a long period of time.
  • Images on the go: When you’re shooting under the above conditions while on the go, you’re likely to want a travel tripod, a model that collapses enough to be easily carried when attached to a hiking bag or placed inside a carry-on suitcase. Travel tripods are smaller and lighter than their full-size brethren, and though they might not be quite as stable or have as many extra features as bigger models, they make up for that in portability.

Three tripods that we tested to find the best tripod set up side by side on a grassy hillside overlooking a neighborhood.

We’ve seen plenty of cheap tripods, but in general we’ve found that sub-$100 models are made with poor-quality materials, have less height adjustability, and are more difficult to set up properly. They might seem like a good value if you’re on a tight budget, but in reality your cheap tripod is more likely to break after a year of use (or sooner), meaning you’ll have to spend another $100 for a replacement. Our experience tells us that to get a truly solid, versatile, reliable, and full-featured tripod, you probably should spend around $150 or more.

But there’s also an upper limit to how much most people should spend on a tripod. While carbon-fiber models are slightly lighter than their metal counterparts, they are also far more expensive. Case in point: You’d have to spend an extra $70 to get the carbon-fiber version of our top pick , and doing so would save you only about 9 ounces.

With that in mind, we focused on quality aluminum models. To narrow things further, we looked at the following factors:

  • Load capacity: This represents how much weight a tripod is designed to support. We sought models that could hold a camera-and-lens combination of at least 15 pounds, which is enough to handle even the heaviest camera bodies and lenses we recommend.
  • Maximum height: We scouted for tripods that could reach at least 50 inches without the center column extended and at least 60 inches with the column extended, so even if you’re 6-foot-2 you won’t be too uncomfortably hunched over when trying to get that shot.
  • Leg and center-column angling: We favored tripods that allow you to angle the legs outward for setting the tripod low to the ground, as well as to angle the center column for shooting directly downward or getting the camera closer to subjects for macro photography.
  • The head: A good tripod head lets you position the camera at nearly any angle, and most have a quick-release plate that attaches to the bottom of a camera, allowing you to easily mount it on the tripod or remove it. Tripod legs and heads are often sold separately so you can upgrade them independently, although you can also find kits (such as our top pick) that include both. We recommend a ball head, which allows you to tilt and rotate the camera simultaneously. Ball heads tend to be more compact and easier to use than three-way heads, which let you adjust the amount of left/right tilt, up/down tilt, and rotation independently. (All of our picks include a ball head.)
  • Length when collapsed: Although size is much more important for travel tripods , it’s always more convenient to carry something smaller.
  • Leg grips: Tripod legs can get cold when you’re shooting on chilly days. Foam or rubber grips can keep your fingers happy—and give you a better grip than bare metal.
  • Spikes: When you’re setting up on a soft surface such as grass, spiked feet can help set a tripod more firmly in place. That said, a lot of photographers don’t bother to use them. We looked for tripods that either include them or offer them as an optional accessory.
  • Weight: If a tripod is really heavy, you won’t want to take it with you; if it’s too light, it won’t be sturdy enough. We looked for tripods weighing less than 6 pounds—light enough to bring along even if you’re also carrying a camera and a few lenses. If weight is important to you, our travel tripod pick keeps it to a minimum while still providing solid support for your camera.
  • Longevity: A quality tripod should last way longer than a year or two, so we singled out tripods packaged with tools that let you retighten the legs as they come loose with time and usage, as well as a long warranty so you’re covered if something happens.

Between previous versions of this guide and the most recent 2024 update, we’ve considered approximately 65 tripods and tested 16. The list includes:

  • 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey
  • Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter
  • Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A
  • Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod
  • MeFoto RoadTrip Air
  • MeFoto RoadTrip S
  • Oben CT-3565
  • Slik Lite AL-420M
  • Slik Lite AL-420S
  • Slik Pro 700DX
  • Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB

We also considered 5 monopods and tested 4. Those include:

  • iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II
  • Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head

Stability is the main objective when you’re using a tripod, so we mounted different camera-and-lens combinations to each tripod model to make sure it stayed steady with various setups and on different surfaces, including hardwood and carpeted floors indoors, as well as cement pavement, grass, and other uneven terrain outdoors. We purposefully used gear that was bulkier and heavier than the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides, including the Nikon D5 and Z5 and Sony α6600 cameras with various lenses. The longest and heaviest lenses we used were the Nikkor 24–70mm f/4 lens and the Sigma 150–600mm f/5–6.3 lens.

We evaluated how easy it was to operate each tripod by setting up and closing down the legs and checking the leg-lock mechanisms. We checked the stability of the ball head, whether it moved when it was supposed to be locked, and how smoothly and evenly it moved when unlocked. We also examined each tripod’s build quality and made sure that the different parts didn’t get in the way of one another when in use.

Finally, we tested any special features; if a model had a movable center column, for example, we angled it into different positions.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100, our pick for the best tripod, with a camera affixed to the top.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best combination of stability and height of the tripods we tested. It has the tallest maximum height (68.2 inches), its legs can angle outward at four angles (most models offer only three) to bring the camera closer to the ground, and its angling center column lets you position the camera in a multitude of ways when you’ve set the tripod at any one of those leg angles. Although it’s a little heavier and longer than some other models when collapsed, its added weight and height increase its stability and versatility, and it’s still small and light enough to carry around for a day’s shooting.

The Alta Pro 2+ is rated to support up to 15.4 pounds. In our testing, it was very stable, even when we mounted pro-level gear that was heavier than any of the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides. Each leg has three extendable segments, and although we experienced some wobbliness in the lowest segment when the legs were fully extended, it wasn’t enough to negatively affect our picture taking and was typical of all the tripods we tested when they were at full height. When the center column is fully extended, the Alta Pro 2+’s height (not including the head) is about 68.2 inches, the tallest of the tripods we tested, so it’s easier for taller photographers (anyone above the average height of 5 feet 6 inches ) to use without having to stoop much. (With the center column collapsed, the maximum height is about 57 inches.) Although the center column is relatively stable when extended, keep in mind that all tripods are most stable when you have the center column lowered flush against the top of the legs.

Close view of the levels and dials on the ball head of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100.

Setting up the Alta Pro 2+ is quick and easy: Just turn the two twist locks on each leg—they unlock with a simple quarter-turn—and then tilt the legs down so that they slide to full extension. You lock the legs with a similar turn in the opposite direction. We like the nice feel of the textured grips on the locks.

Those three-section legs offer four angles relative to the center column: 20, 40, 60, and 80 degrees (most tripods offer only three angles). That gives you more versatility in terms of both lower height and the ability to adapt to uneven surfaces. The angles are marked at the top of the legs, and the legs ratchet into place so you can hear and feel when they’re in position. With the legs at the 80-degree position, the tripod is almost level to the ground; this position is perfect for low-angle and macro shots, especially in combination with the tripod’s multi-angle center column. A bubble level helps you ensure that the tripod is level even if the legs are extended to different angles.

It’s easy to put the Alta Pro 2+’s center column into multiple positions: You just turn a couple of knobs, lift the center column (it automatically stops when fully extended, so it won’t come all the way out in your hand), and angle it to whatever position you want. The hexagonal column won’t twist when extending or retracting, making angled work easier. However, although this column is generally stable in its angled position, even when horizontal, be sure to check the balance: If the center column is positioned too far to one side, the weight of the camera and lens can cause the entire tripod to tilt over and fall—a law of physics that applies to any tripod with a multi-angle center column.

The included ball head and quick-release plate also work well. The ball head moved smoothly when we adjusted it, and it locked solidly into place. It has its own bubble level (to supplement the one on the legs), as well as a rotation gauge at the base of the head to help you duplicate panning positions when you’re shooting multiple images to stitch into a panorama later.

A Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ on a sidewalk, setup with its legs set wide and its mounted camera pointed at the ground.

We also like the overall build quality of the tripod—none of the pieces seemed to be straining substantially even when we subjected them to heavy camera-and-lens combinations. The smoothness of the sliding parts was impressive, too. The Alta Pro 2+ feels like it will last a long time, and it comes with a two-year warranty.

In addition to the ball head and the quick-release plate, the Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit comes with Allen wrenches in case you need to swap out the head or replace a broken leg, as well as a carry bag with a shoulder strap. The bag isn’t as well made as those that accompany some other tripods we’ve tested, but it’s good enough for moving your tripod from one place to another.

Of the tripods we tested, the Alta Pro 2+ is one of the heaviest, at 5.3 pounds, and one of the longest, at 29 inches, when fully collapsed. If you’re hiking in the woods or traveling on a plane or train, you have smaller and lighter options (including our pick for travel tripods , or even our also-great pick ). But this Vanguard model’s weight helps provide stability, and its added height makes it more versatile—we think these are reasonable trade-offs for a full-size tripod.

Close view of the rubber feet a the end of each leg of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripod.

Unlike the previous Alta Pro model, our former top pick, the Alta Pro 2+ has angled rubber feet instead of round rubber feet with retractable spikes; spiked feet are now an optional purchase . The rubber feet of the Alta Pro 2+ work well on uneven terrain, but we felt them slide a few times when we were shooting indoors on wooden floors.

Unlike some tripods, the Alta Pro 2+ has no hook at the bottom of the center column to hang a camera bag or other weight to stabilize the tripod. Instead it has a small canopy-suspension loop on the bubble level. The loop is very small, and we wouldn’t trust it to hold anything of measurable weight, but Vanguard makes a stone bag accessory that you can attach to the legs to add weight.

Some reviews on Amazon refer to issues with the Alta Pro 2+’s center column either coming off entirely when the owner is trying to angle it or not being able to tighten in place completely, but we didn’t encounter this problem in our testing. When we reached out to Vanguard, representatives explained that this happened because some units that were meant as photo samples accidentally ended up distributed for sale; the reps said it shouldn’t be a problem going forward, and we will be keeping an eye on this issue in long-term testing.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB, our tripod pick for use with multiple cameras, with a camera affixed to the top.

Whereas the Alta Pro 2+ is a great all-around tripod for most photographers in most situations, we think the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is a good alternative for people who like to shoot with multiple cameras or are frequently on the move. That’s because while the VEO 3T+ 234AB shares all the features we enjoy about the Alta Pro 2+, it's also lighter, smaller, designed with more flexible legs, and packaged with an additional accessory (the VEO+ MA1 adapter ) that lets you mount an extra device, such as a second camera or a smartphone, to the center column. If you can live with its sole con—a shorter maximum height—those are some compelling pros.

At its maximum height, the VEO 3T+ 234AB stands 57.48 inches tall, about 10 inches shorter than our top pick but still tall enough to keep most people from hunching over when shooting. Each leg has three sections that extend easily yet feel solid once you tighten the twist locks. The legs have three easy-set angles, but they can also invert up to 108 degrees. This represents a notable advantage over the Alta Pro 2+, whose legs can adjust only up to 80 degrees. And when fully collapsed, the VEO 3T+ 234AB measures 18 inches long, some 11 inches less than the Alta Pro 2+; in other words, what you lose in maximum height you gain in portability.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB and the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripods set up next to each other to compare their heights.

The VEO 3T+ 234AB offers a multi-angle center column that allows you to position the column (and the ball head) at various horizontal and tilted angles. Again, this design is great for otherwise challenging overhead and low-angle shots, and it’s especially helpful for capturing macro images. In addition to offering the multi-angle column, the VEO 3T+ 234AB can convert to a monopod—you simply remove one of the legs and mount the center column on top of it. The tripod includes spiked feet, though you have to switch them out with the default rubber feet whenever you want to use them.

This tripod can handle loads of up to 22 pounds, or about 6.5 pounds more than our top pick. As with all the other tripods we tested, we saw a slight bit of movement when we mounted a Sony α6600 with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens and fully extended the center column. There is an optional hook you can screw into the bottom of the center column that lets you hang a camera bag or other weight to help stabilize the unit (though you’ll need to remove this piece if you want to use the VEO 3T+ 234AB as a monopod).

The VEO 3T+ 234AB comes with the Arca-Swiss –compatible VEO BH-110S dual-axis ball head , which we found to be stable and secure during testing. The BH-110S also worked great with our Peak Design plate , locking in just as solidly as it did with the plate that comes with the ball head. Additionally, the VEO 3T+ 234AB includes a second mounting adapter, the VEO+ MA1 , that you can use when you’ve set the center column to a horizontal position. It easily slides onto the other end of the center column and locks into place with a quick-release lever. The VEO+ MA1 offers a standard ¼-inch tripod screw to mount a second camera, a smartphone (using a smartphone tripod mount ), or an action camera such as a GoPro.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner, our tripod pick for use in wet conditions, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to shoot with your tripod partially submerged in water or mud, the Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth spending more on for the peace of mind it can provide. Although all our tripod picks can stand up to the rain, waterproof tripods do a better job of keeping the dirt and sand from rivers and lakes out of the joints, which can destroy any sliding or moving parts. This waterproof tripod from Sirui (pronounced “sue-ray”) has comfortable controls and is well built and stable. It can’t match the height of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+, and it doesn’t have the angling center column of either of our Vanguard picks, but it is the best tripod for fans of aquatic subjects.

The W-1004K10 provides very good stability, with a load capacity up to 33.1 pounds. The tripod weighs just 4.2 pounds and folds up to a compact 19.3 inches for travel. With the center column fully extended (which, as we noted above, sacrifices some stability), it reaches a height of 65 inches; with the column lowered, 53.5 inches.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

From its four-section legs to the bundled ball head, the W-1004K10 looks and feels solidly constructed. Whether you’re extending the legs after releasing the twist locks or adjusting the angle of the ball head, the movements are smooth. This is especially true of the excellent ball head, which has separate controls for panning and locking, as well as a friction knob to adjust the tension on the control movement. It also has three bubble levels—in addition to the bubble level on the tripod itself—for photographers who need extremely accurate placement.

The tripod is waterproof up to the top of its foam grips, so you can step right into a river, lake, or ocean to get a shot. Those waterproof seals also mean that the W-1004K10 is protected from the dirt and sand you might encounter on your outdoor adventure. You can easily swap the stock rubber feet with the bundled spiked feet, and you can remove one of the tripod’s legs to convert it into a waterproof monopod. As with the VEO 3T+ 234AB, a hook on the center column lets you hang a camera bag or other weights to help stabilize the tripod. The bundled carry bag is well constructed, just like the rest of the kit.

Close view of the bubble levels and dial controls on the Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner's ball head.

Unlike our other picks from Vanguard, this Sirui tripod does not offer a multi-angle center column. This omission can make macro work more difficult, but it’s an acceptable trade-off if you need the W-1004K10’s waterproof design.

Because the W-1004K10 has four-segment legs, the last section of each leg is a little thin, so you give up a bit of stability when you fully extend all the legs. This drawback is common for four-segment legs, but it’s still something to be aware of.

The Manfrotto Element MII, our tripod pick for use in travel situations, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to bring a tripod with you when you go hiking or on a vacation, you should consider a travel tripod that packs down small and won’t weigh you down too much. The moderately priced Manfrotto Element MII is both small and tall—able to unfold from a collapsed height of 16.7 inches to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches. The Element MII was one of the most stable travel models we tested; although its three leg sections end in a narrow circumference, overall it felt just as stable as the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB.

At 3.4 pounds, the Element MII weighs almost 2 pounds less than the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 , but it can handle even more load with a rating of 17.6 pounds—equivalent to far more gear than most people would ever need to support at once while traveling.

The Element MII features smooth twist leg locks with plenty of grip, as well as three leg-angle locks that snap into place and release with a simple push. Two knobs control panning and ball head rotation, and they work smoothly with secure tension. Two bubble levels help keep both your horizon level and your vertical alignment correct. You can also remove one leg and attach it to the ball head for use as a monopod.

The Arca-Swiss–style mount looks small, but in our tests it easily accommodated a Nikon Z5 camera with a 24–70mm f/4 lens. The mount includes a tiny handle that works great in a pinch if you don’t have an Allen wrench or a coin handy to tighten the plate to the camera.

The Element MII’s slightly spiked small rubber feet offer plenty of grip, as well. Optional rubber spikes are included in the bag with the tripod. Thankfully, the entire package is small enough to tuck into most backpacks or large bags.

Like many tripods, the Element MII uses twist leg locks. Although we prefer these to the flip kind for travel tripods—because they help keep the overall aesthetic sleek and are less likely to snag—they come with potential problems, too. Resist the temptation to over-loosen twist locks. It takes only a slight turn to loosen them; much more than that, and you may unintentionally discover that the legs are a bit tricky to put back together. Once they’re extended, also be sure to firmly tighten the twist leg locks. Unlike with flip leg locks, with twist leg locks it’s harder to tell whether they’re completely secured; use your hand to double-check.

The Manfrotto Element MII Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

Like most tripods in this category, the Element MII comes with a drawstring bag that you’ll likely end up discarding. There’s not much advantage to using a dedicated bag, as opposed to just tucking the tripod into a backpack or attaching it to a bag you’re already using in your travels.

The Sirui P-204SR, our pick for the best monopod, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you often shoot subjects that keep you on the move—such as wildlife or sports that require a lot of panning—you may prefer the lightweight freedom of a monopod over a tripod. The Sirui P-204SR is tall, strong, and adaptable to almost any situation, which makes it our favorite general-purpose monopod. It has large, comfortable, rubberized twist locks for extending and retracting its three sections. It weighs just 3.3 pounds but can hold up to 17.6 pounds of equipment—more than our top tripod pick. In testing, it handled everything we mounted on it with ease, including a 4.5-pound Sony α6600 camera with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens.

The P-204SR features a removable base that can tilt up to 20 degrees. With the base, the monopod stands 63.5 inches tall; without the base, it reaches 57.9 inches. The base of the P-204SR had the largest feet of any of the monopods we tested, which gave it extra stability. Even when fully extended, it stood solidly with a Nikon Z5 camera and 24–70mm f/4 lens attached. Both rubber and spiked feet are included. One additional feature we love about this monopod is that the base, once you remove it from the body, can double as a small tripod (similar to the Manfrotto Pixi ) with the help of an included accessory.

A camera mounted close to the ground on the mini-tripod that serves as a base for the Sirui P-204SR monopod.

This monopod doesn't come with a ball head, but the screw mount is reversible, meaning it has two thread sizes—one for cameras and one for tripod heads, so you can mount one if you want. In our testing we found that the tilting base gave us enough leeway to get most shots but not all. We definitely recommend a ball head if you’re into bird photography, since it’s much easier to angle only the camera upward instead of leaning the whole monopod backward. We tried the Benro BH00 ball head (which we discuss below ) with the P-204SR, and it worked great.

An arm pulling back on the the Sirui P-204SR monopod in order to point the attached camera upwards.

The best way to live a sustainable lifestyle is to create less waste, and a great way to create less waste is to invest in equipment that is made to last, repairable, and covered by a dependable warranty. As we state in How we picked , a solid warranty was one thing we looked for when deciding which tripods to test. All of the picks in this guide also come with an Allen key so you can retighten the legs as they come loose from use.

Although it might be tempting to pick up a cheaper tripod, such models are often made from low-grade plastic that you cannot tighten over time, and that you cannot repair if a part should break or crack. If you need a tripod and don’t have the budget to invest in one that’ll last, try searching sites such as Craigslist, eBay, or Facebook Marketplace to see if other photographers are selling used but high-quality tripods at a discount.

If you currently own a tripod but are looking to upgrade, selling or giving away your old equipment is a great way to help others and keep excess materials out of landfills. If you have a tripod that’s not in good-enough condition to pass along, consider upcycling it.

If you need a cheaper tripod and don’t mind giving up a little stability and usability: The Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A is simple to set up, solidly built, and only 3.9 pounds. It’s significantly lighter than our 5.3-pound top pick, and in its most compact configuration, it’s also noticeably smaller—18 inches versus the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+’s 29 inches. Despite its lightweight design, this tripod is well made and sturdy-feeling. And like the Alta Pro 2+, the FGP18A offers a multi-angle center column that you can position at various horizontal and tilted angles.

However, Benro doesn’t offer a package with a ball head, so you have to pick one up separately if you don’t already own one. We tested and recommend the company’s BH00 single-action ball head as a solid, inexpensive option. It has a snap-in quick-release plate that’s comparable to what you get with other tripods at this price.

The combination of the Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A and BH00 ball head isn’t quite as stable as our top pick, especially when extended to maximum height, and this tripod’s adjustment knobs aren’t as easy to use. We found that the FGP18A’s center-column angle-adjustment knob was tight and difficult to move into position. And the knobs—including the center column’s height and pan-control locking knobs—could end up blocking each other depending on how we positioned them. But if you can live with those quirks, it’s a fine all-around choice.

If you want a monopod with its own quick-release plate : The iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II monopod uses a spring-loaded sliding collar to hold a quick-release plate on top. A similar mechanism lets you detach the feet at the bottom so you can turn them into a table-top style tripod like you can with the bottom of our monopod pick. You can also stack a second A180-II on top if you want to approximately double the height of the monopod.

While we found that the A180-II was comparable to our pick in terms of stability, maximum height (71 inches), minimum length (27.8 inches) and weight (3.1 pounds), we feel that the sliding collar may pose a problem to people with hand strength issues. It takes considerable force to move the collar. This helps hold it very securely in place, but might make it a bad choice for some people. We also liked the feet on our pick better, which are each about 1.5 inches longer than those on the A180-II.

Standard tripods

The Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter is a simple but solid tripod with four-section legs. When fully extended, it was the most solid feeling of all the tripods we tested, and it’s rated to handle up to 26 pounds, more than any of our picks. It’s more expensive, though, and the center column can’t angle out like those of our top picks can. We also found that the twist locks required more turns to loosen and tighten than on our picks, which meant that this model took more time to open and close. Lastly, at 4.5 pounds, it’s almost as heavy as our pick but without the benefit of a multi-angle center column.

The 3Pod Orbit is a four-section aluminum tripod with a bundled three-way head. This relatively stable tripod has a multi-angle center column and feet with retractable spikes. However, during testing we found that the retractable spikes sometimes stuck out of the rubber feet—not far, but enough that they could damage a wooden floor. Also, the flip locks that controlled the legs were so tight that we had difficulty unlocking and locking them. When we used the supplied Allen key to loosen the tension a little so that we could more easily operate the locks, we found that the legs wouldn’t lock tightly enough.

The low-priced Slik Pro 700DX doesn’t do anything fancy: The center column doesn’t swivel or tilt, the tripod has no extras, and it doesn’t come with a head. However, Slik has a reputation for quality models on a budget, and for the price the 700DX is an impressively good, simple, stable tripod. It has a great maximum height of 70 inches, and it will probably survive the apocalypse.

The tripods in Slik’s Lite series feature a ball head, a detachable LED light, and a lever for easily locking and unlocking the tripod legs, but the Lite AL-420M and Lite AL-420S are too short to be contenders in this category. The Lite AL-420 can get tall enough to meet our requirements, but it has a maximum load capacity of only 4.4 pounds, a limitation that caused us to dismiss it for this guide.

Travel tripods

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey travel tripod has comfy textured grips on each rounded leg lock, but it also has the most spindly legs of any travel tripod we tested, and in our tests they exhibited a significant amount of flex. It was also hard to lock in a specific leg-angle lock, and the price is at the high end of our desired range.

Oben’s CT-3565 carbon-fiber tripod and BZ-217T ball head package makes for a solid travel tripod—it’s even lighter than our travel pick and can be found for about the same price. On the downside, it’s just a bit shorter, and we didn’t like the feet as much. The Oben tripod comes with rubber-and-spiked combo feet, which can be a bit annoying when the rubber spins up (during transport or use) to reveal the metal spikes just when you don’t need them. (We’d argue that you so very rarely need them that this feature often feels like more of a hindrance.) In contrast, the small, slightly spiked rubber feet on the Manfrotto Element MII are everything that most people will ever need, with a bit more grip to the rubbery material, too. And the Element MII comes with optional rubber spikes, should you need them.

MeFoto’s RoadTrip S felt unstable compared with other travel tripods we tested. The leg-angle locks were trickier to use, too, requiring a two-fingered grip to release. MeFoto also offers the RoadTrip Air , which converts into a selfie stick and includes a shutter remote, but its collapsible leg system was harder to control than five individual leg locks, and we worried that a tiny bump to any of the five skinny leg sections could send the whole tripod—along with our expensive camera gear or smartphone—cascading down.

The Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB is a little smaller and lighter than the Manfrotto Element MII, but it’s also more expensive. We loved how easy it was to use, with small upgrades such as comma-shaped pan and ball lock knobs that offer a better grip for making adjustments. But it doesn’t have any bubble levels, and it can reach the same height as the Manfrotto Element MII (64.5 inches) only if you extend the center column, which in our testing felt a bit less steady.

The Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod is significantly smaller and less stable than our monopod pick from Sirui. It barely stood up on its own, let alone with a camera mounted. The included fluid head panned and tilted smoothly, but the base isn’t removable, making this model less versatile than our pick.

The Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head is big, heavy, and slow. The fluid head is dampened, and no matter how loose we set it, we still found resistance when panning and tilting. This design could make it difficult to track fast-moving action or wildlife. Although the tilting base is removable, the legs don’t lock when they’re tucked up, and they opened on their own during our testing. And instead of twist locks, this monopod has flip locks, which we found loud enough to be distracting.

Theano Nikitas contributed to this guide.

Meet your guides

most compact travel tripod

Erin Roberts

Erin Roberts is a freelance writer reporting on cameras and camera accessories at Wirecutter. She started her career as a photojournalist working in newspapers—shooting film—and was the mobile-imaging editor at DPReview. She is also a professional photographer who has made her living photographing everything from rock stars to humpback whales.

most compact travel tripod

Arriana Vasquez

Arriana Vasquez is a senior updates writer for powering, home office, cameras, and hobbies at Wirecutter. Her hobbies include reading and photography. Her photos have won several awards in various online competitions, and she is the producer and co-host of Old Books Podcast .

most compact travel tripod

Phil Ryan is Wirecutter’s senior staff writer for camera coverage. Previously, over 13 years he covered cameras and other photo-related items for CNET and Popular Photography. As the latter's tech editor and then senior tech editor, he was responsible for maintaining and refining the lab testing for cameras, and as the main camera tester,  he used and wrote reviews of many of the cameras released in that timeframe.

Further reading

Three cameras we recommend for vlogging, from GoPro and Sony.

The Best Vlogging Cameras and Gear

by Geoffrey Morrison, Arriana Vasquez, and James Austin

If you want to start vlogging, we have suggestions for gear that’ll help you capture the best video you can get, even from a smartphone.

Our three picks for best Android and iPhone gimbal, displayed in a row in tripod position, with a smartphone mounted on each one.

The Best Android and iPhone Gimbal

by Geoffrey Morrison and Signe Brewster

If you want smoother, more professional-looking video from your smartphone, the Insta360 Flow is the best gimbal.

Our four picks for best action camera, laid out on a green surface next to a passport, foreign currency and some credit cards.

The Best Action Camera

by Geoffrey Morrison

If you want to take photos and videos in any situation, even extreme weather, the GoPro Hero12 Black is the best option for most people.

2 smartphones mounted on tripods; the tripod on the left standing rigidly and the one on the right showing more flexibility.

The Best Tripod for iPhones and Other Smartphones

by Arriana Vasquez, Erin Roberts, and Signe Brewster

Joby’s GorillaPod 1K Kit and the Square Jellyfish Metal Spring Tripod Mount are the best choices to steady your smartphone when shooting photos and video.

Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy

These are the best travel tripods – compact and lightweight enough to squeeze into a backpack, suitcase or even a pocket

Jamie Carter

As any travel photographer will tell you, stability is everything. It may seem to be mostly about location, composition, and what kind of camera you take on the road with you, but once you’ve found your perfect shot, you need to keep steady. 

If you’re planning creative shots or any kind of long exposure or repeated photography – such as landscape photography around sunset, time-lapses, or astrophotography – then a tripod is absolutely essential. Cue the best travel tripod.

You're not off the hook even if you're just planning to go on holiday with a smartphone. Though increasingly capable, smartphones’ cameras are still rather limited if you handhold them. You’ll be seriously surprised how much extra quality and creativity you can achieve by using a small tripod and a phone clamp. 

So in our buying guide, we've included options for keeping smartphones steady as well as custom-made travel tripods for the best travel cameras , DSLR , mirrorless , and compact cameras .

The best travel tripods you can buy today:

Why you can trust T3 Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test .

Vanguard VEO 235AB Tripod

1. Vanguard VEO 235AB Tripod

Specifications, reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

If you're after a reasonably heavy duty tripod for a DSLR or mirrorless camera using large lenses, look no further than this relatively lightweight tripod from Vanguard. This is a brand that tends to use aluminium, or for even more money, carbon fibre, but it usually stops short of providing full-length tripods. This design, weighing about 1.5 kg, is just 38 cm when folded, but reaches only 147 cm when it’s fully extended. So it's probably not the best choice if you’re a six-footer, though for most photographers it will provide more than enough height. The twist-and-lock legs are easy to extend and pack-up while moving, and the ball-head offers plenty of movement.

Manfrotto MKBFRTA4BK-BH Befree Advanced Tripod

2. Manfrotto MKBFRTA4BK-BH Befree Advanced Tripod

This Italian-made tripod is clearly aimed at semi-pro landscape and astrophotographers who need to travel. With ‘M-lock’ lever legs rather than twist-legs and a ball head, this aluminium-crafted travel tripod has three four-section legs and a tough central column. Those legs unfurl easily enough, and lock into place, and each leg can pan through 180°. In fact, the legs actually go backwards on themselves, reducing the footprint for packing it in a suitcase. It weighs 1.5kg, and has a quick-release ball-head, though it takes some time getting to know it, so practice before you head outside in the dark. It’s a bit of a specialist tripod, but it’s worth its weight.

Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod

3. Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod

There are few travel tripods around that can support absolutely any kind of camera. The core tripod is small, pocket-sized, and weighs just 260g. It has a standard quarter-inch thread adapter, so can be used natively with any DSLR, mirrorless or compact camera. It also comes in two separately available configurations; one with a smartphone clamp fitted on the top, and one with a GoPro /action camera-compatible module. However you decide to use it, rest assured that it’s easily strong enough to cope with anything. It's also very easy to position. Pressing one button loosens the ball head, so you can find your exact position, while releasing the button locks it in place. Clever stuff, but although the camera can tilt to a full 90°, the angle of elevation is limited; you can’t shoot anything above you, for example.

Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod

4. Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod

The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod is strong and sturdy, yet at the same time lightweight due to a carbon fibre leg construction. This premium-feel travel tripod has a further trick up its sleeve – one of its legs can be removed to transform it into a portable monopod. A carbon fibre construction, as opposed to the more affordable aluminium, inevitably means this premium look and feel tripod also comes with premium-ish price tag. It also needs a short period of familiarisation with its myriad features before becoming operationally competent.

  • Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod review

Peak Design Travel Tripod

5. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is really expensive, but it's also the neatest travel tripod around, no doubt about that, and it’s also one of the lightest. The aluminium version has a high-end build, a very neat and compact design, and some excellent unexpected features – chief of which is that smartphone adapter – but it’s not immeasurably better, performance-wise, than a much more affordable travel tripod.  Still, though, if money is no object and you want the most premium travel tripod experience, then this is the travel tripod for you.

MeFoto RoadTrip Air Tripod

6. MeFoto RoadTrip Air Tripod

Reasonably large tripods are all about design, specifically how long the leg sections are when completely unfurled, and how small they are when packed up and ready to be put in a suitcase. The MeFoto RoadTrip Air is clever on all counts, reaching loftier heights than most travel tripods manage while being exceptionally small when packed away. It does all this by having an extra section in each leg, five parts rather than the standard four parts, though that doesn't add any instability. Weighing just over a kilo, the MeFoto RoadTrip Air attempts to go for another market altogether by suggesting that the central column and the included smartphone clamp (and Bluetooth remote) can be used as a selfie stick. Clever stuff, but that’s probably a different market.

MeFoto BackPacker Air Tripod

7. MeFoto BackPacker Air Tripod

Known for its brightly coloured travel tripods, MeFoto has here produced an excellent product for owners of action cameras, mirrorless cameras and smartphones who want a ‘proper’ tripod capable of significant height. At its core is HyperLock, three five-section legs and a central column (which also detaches to act as a separate selfie stick) that extend – by just a twist – from a compact 26.5cm to a whopping 151cm. However, it’s at its most stable at 110cm before its central column is extended, so photographers should look at this as an emergency tripod for travel rather than as a ‘main’ tripod. Also in the box is a adjusting ball head, a screw-on mount for a smartphone, and even a wireless Bluetooth remote for taking selfies and super-stable shots. 

Joby HandyPod

8. Joby HandyPod

Sometimes you just want a small, pocket-friendly, but steady and capable tripod for occasional shots. Cue the HandyPod, a simple aluminium tripod that will perform almost any task well. Any camera or smartphone mount can be attached thanks to a standard tripod thread, and once attached that device can swing through 360° on the HandyPod’s ball head. That ball head can be locked in position using a simple push-button mechanism, and while the legs’ rubber pads add stability, the HandyPod has a dedicated handgrip so can be used off the ground for panning video shots. Also available is the HandyPod Mobile package, which adds Joby’s GripTight One GorillaPod universal mount for smartphones. 

XSories Deluxe Tripod

9. XSories Deluxe Tripod

Here’s a great example of the kind of commodity tripod that dominates the market, and yet this particular one is exceptionally good at what he does. Firstly, it weighs almost nothing, clocking in at just 65g. It's also very slim, so can easily fit into a trouser pocket or jacket pocket. On top is a small ball head for flexibility, and a standard quarter-inch tripod thread that attaches to any compact camera, or any cheap smartphone clamp that can be had for a few quid. In practice, it's halfway between a bendy, Joby-style tripod and a rigid design. Although it can be used as a standard straight-legged tripod, there is easily enough give in the legs to wrap round something, such as a fence post or a tree branch. Don't bet on putting too much weight on the XSories Deluxe, but if you have a small camera, or phone ( and a separate screw-on clamp ), it does the job very nicely.

How to choose the best travel tripod

The travel tripod market is split to serve the kind of device you’re using, of course. For phones, it's largely a commodity market, because the tripod and the clamp that keeps your phone in place don't have to bear much weight. Consequently, these types of tripods can cost just a few quid and are easy to travel with.

Lightweight designs are what the rest of the market aims for, with tripods designed for DSLR and mirrorless cameras much larger, but often manufactured from very lightweight materials. Consequently, they can be expensive. In fact, at the top end of the market, just shaving a few grams of the weight usually explains the high price. 

Happily, in-between cheap smartphone designs and expensive top-end configurations for expensive cameras, there are a fleet of smaller, tougher travel tripods that are good for all kinds of equipment and scenarios. Amazon is usually the best place to head for travel tripods, as you can get hold of highly-rated products for sometimes a fraction of the high street price. 

Get the T3 newsletter!

All the best features, news, tips and great deals to help you live a better life through technology

Jamie is a freelance journalist, copywriter and author with 20 years' experience. He's written journalism for over 50 publications and websites and, when he's not writing, spending most of his time travelling – putting the latest travel tech through its paces.

EZVIZ SD7

EZVIZ launches the SD7 smart screen that could give Amazon a run for its money

By Bethan Girdler-Maslen Published 1 May 24

Netflix on iPhone Pro Max

Emails are going out to existing Basic plan subscribers telling them it's time to switch

By Carrie Marshall Published 1 May 24

Best travel backpack

The best travel backpacks for everything from weekends away and business trips to backpacking and hiking

By Jamie Carter Last updated 20 December 23

Excitrus PDW100208 magnetic wireless power bank review

This heavyweight USB-C power bank with a MagSafe wireless charging pad is ideal for home, office and travel with electronics

By Jamie Carter Published 9 March 22

A man plugging his phone into one of the best power banks, the BioLite Charge PD 80

Whether you’re travelling, commuting or in the office, the best power banks keep your smartphone, laptop and everything recharged and ready to use

By Jamie Carter Last updated 15 March 24

BioLite Charge PD 80 portable power bank review

Travel-friendly and fuss-free USB-C power bank for recharging laptops, smartphones and more

By Jamie Carter Last updated 9 March 22

person taking a picture with a camera

We showcase a selection of the best gifts and presents for photographers, for every budget

By Gavin Stoker Last updated 7 December 23

Online photo printing vs home printing

Want to print your photos but don't know where to start? We're here to help you decide…

By Gavin Stoker Published 6 January 22

How can I print high-quality photos at home?

Want to print high-quality photos at home? Here's how!

A family sat around a photo album, looking at prints from one of the best photo printing services

The best photo printing services will make preserving your memories a cinch

By Sarah Griffiths Last updated 4 January 23

Useful links

  • When is the next Prime Day?
  • Best 5G phones
  • Best VPN services
  • Best laptops
  • Best smartphones
  • Best mattresses
  • Best phone deals
  • Best mattress deals
  • Best TV deals
  • Discount codes

The best mini tripods in 2024: tabletop camera supports that'll fit in any kit bag

Short on space? Here are the best mini tripods for packing in your camera bag

The Quick List

  • Best overall
  • Best for portability
  • Best for smartphones
  • Best for content creators
  • Best for videographers
  • Best for selfies
  • Best metal model
  • Best for heavy loads
  • Best premium
  • How to choose
  • How we test

Manfrotto Pixi Mini tripod

The Quick List ↩ 1. Best overall 2. Best for portability 3. Best for smartphones 4. Best for content creators 5. Best for videographers 6. Best for selfies 7. Best metal model 8. Best for heavy loads 9. Best premium How to choose How we test

The best mini tripods give you all the stability of a full-size tripod, while being lighter, more compact and easier to carry. Typically, they weigh just a few hundred grams, and you can easily slip them into a pocket. They also tend to cost less than full-sized tripods. 

Some of the best mini tripods are also multi-functional and can be converted to a handgrip or selfie stick, giving you extra functionality and flexibility when you're out shooting. Otherwise, a mini tripod can open up all sorts of possibilities, including long exposures, group selfies, and more.

Below you'll find our selection of the best mini tripods available today. We've included a number of specialist models, such as Joby 's grippy GorillaPod, which can cling to protruding objects or sit on uneven surfaces thanks to its flexible legs. But other mini tripods have their advantages too – several come with a ball head for precise angles and positioning, while others have extendable legs for extra height or an adjustable central column. We've noted such features when making our picks.

Jon Stapley

Jon has been writing photography content for years, for brands such as  Amateur Photographer  and  What Digital Camera . This makes Jon one of our go-to specialists when it comes to all aspects of photography, from cameras and action cameras to lenses and memory cards, flash diffusers and triggers, batteries and memory cards, selfie sticks and gimbals, and much more besides.

Mini tripod product shot

We love the completeness of this kit: a choice of solid and flexible legs, a smartphone adapter and arms for accessories are all included. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

The PIXI is small enough to slip into a jacket pocket, but it has a premium feel and a 360°-rotating ball head. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

The ONE Micro packs down small, but its adjustable clamp enables it to cope with pretty much any size of smartphone. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

The KoalaPod’s bendy legs mean you can attach it to all sorts of surfaces or objects, making it a great option for shooting on location. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

The Rig’s flexible legs give you plenty of shooting options, while the extra arms mean you can add lights or a mic as well as your camera. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

This is a decent tripod for smartphones, but with a six-section telescoping post and Bluetooth, it rocks as a selfie stick. Read more below…

View the full list ⤵

Mini tripod product shot

If you’re using a full-frame camera, you can trust this mini stalwart to handle the load, with a ball head enabling easy adjustment. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

The Neewer Desktop tucks nicely into a backpack, but can handle a load of up to 5kg. It has a pretty good reach for a compact tripod too. Read more below…

Mini tripod product shot

Excellent build quality and materials mean the Mini Traveler can bear a decent load while remaining one of the lightest tripods around. Read more below…

Best mini tripods in 2024

Why you can trust Digital Camera World Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out how we test.

Best mini tripod overall

Benro Tablepod Flex Kit product shot

1. Benro TablePod Flex Kit

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

If you're looking for a versatile tabletop tripod that isn't just confined to a tabletop, look no further than the Benro Tablepod Flex. Including a set of flexible legs inside the solid legs is ingenious, as it means you can attach it to any surface when you’re out and about. You can also configure the legs to form a monopod/selfie stick if you should need some extra reach and it comes with a mobile phone adapter so it can be used with either a smartphone, compact camera, or small mirrorless. 

If you often use accessories such as a light or a mic, you'll be pleased to hear it comes with two accessory arms so you can attach different devices easily. It's a little on the expensive side for a tabletop tripod. But considering all the well-thought-out features, it's worth spending a bit more. 

Read more: Benro TablePod Flex Kit review

  • Back to the top ⤴

Best mini tripod for portability

Manfrotto PIXI mini tripod product shot

2. Manfrotto PIXI

Given Manfrotto 's sterling reputation in the tripod market, it makes sense that the firm's mini support would also be impressive – and the Manfrotto PIXI is just that. It's a fairly standard mini tripod in a lot of ways, small enough to slip into a jacket pocket or small bag, and capable of holding up to 1kg of kit. It also adds into the mix a handy ball head with 360° of rotation and a simple push-button secure and release mechanism. Be aware that it doesn't tilt up more than 35°, making astrophotography impracticable.

In our review, we were impressed most of all by the build quality of the Manfrotto PIXI – its aluminum legs are smoothly curved in a way that just feels premium. What's more, when they close, they form a single rounded column that transforms the PIXI into a pretty serviceable camera grip, which is extra useful for video.

Read more: Manfrotto PIXI mini tripod review

Best mini tripod for your smartphone

Joby GripTight ONE Micro product shot

3. Joby GripTight ONE Micro

Mini tripods are also a great way to improve your smartphone photography, and the Joby GripTight ONE Micro is a solid choice in this department. The versatile clamp can take phones of most sizes and hold them securely, and it provides a rock-solid foundation to experiment with longer exposures and other types of tripod shooting. 

The catch is that it doesn't have much in the way of height, so you'll need a table or other surface to rest it on. It packs down nicely though, meaning it's great to have along with you when you're travelling light and want to take group shots or long exposures.

Best mini tripod for on-the-go content creators

Benro KoalaPod product shot

4. Benro KoalaPod

If you're an on-the-go content creator, travel blogger or even a fitness coach, I can really see the advantages of the KoalaPod. It's especially useful if, for example, you're in the gym and you want to record a workout: what you can attach it to is pretty limitless. Even just using it as a standard tabletop tripod, it feels more secure than you might imagine. Or you could just use it as a small selfie stick for those moments when you want just a little more background than you can achieve with your arms length. 

I wouldn't trust it to take the weight of my Sony A7 III with a lens attached, even though it's advertised as being able to take the weight. But for a phone or smaller camera, it's perfect. 

Read more: Benro KoalaPod review

Best mini tripod for videographers

Joby GorillaPod Rig product shot

5. Joby GorillaPod Rig

You can get GorillaPods in numerous sizes to suit cameras from a GoPro up to a full-frame DSLR, and all make great tabletop tripods, but we went for the flagship GorillaPod Rig to see what the GorillaPod design is really capable of.

The Rig is intended to hold not just your camera, but with those ‘arms’ on either side, you can also add accessories like LED lights, microphones, a small external video monitor, or even a phone (via an optional clamp). The system works best for shooting video closeups, but it can be equally effective for macro stills when you position a light on either side of your camera. This can be anything up to a full-frame DSLR, as the total load rating is 5kg.

The Rig is bundled with a high quality ball head that features separate pan adjustment. Grippy locking knobs clamp the head very well, and your accessories mount to the GorillaPod arms using standard ¼”-20 screw threads.

The legs are the largest in the GorillaPod range, measuring around 27cm long. They allow you to wrap the Rig around static objects, so this needn’t just be a tabletop tripod, and Joby also bundles a strap that lets you to tie the Rig to even larger objects, such as a tree trunk.

Best mini tripod for taking selfies

Benro BK15 product shot

6. Benro BK15

While it's not the sturdiest tripod around, Benro's BK15 weighs just 200g, and can transform into a selfie stick. With its six-section telescoping post, it's got decent reach. And it comes with a Bluetooth remote, so you've got everything you need to take serious selfies.

As a tripod, the BK15 is fine, as long as you're rocking a seriously light setup. That maximum load capacity pretty much just puts you in smartphone territory, and indeed the BK15 comes with a smartphone clamp. Still, a smartphone is what a lot of people shopping for a mini tripod are shooting with, so it does somewhat make sense.

The little ball head gives you a decent amount of shooting versatility, and the clamp range of 48-100mm means it'll fit basically any phone except the very largest or very smallest. For smartphone shooters, this gets the job done nicely. 

Best mini tripod with metal construction

Sirui 3T-35K product shot

7. Sirui 3T-35K

Sirui’s entry stands out thanks to its almost entirely metal construction. It certainly feels like a premium product, especially next to more budget rivals. Load capacity is a respectable 4kg, and we found the 3T-35K easily supports a full-frame DSLR and 24-70mm lens. This sturdiness does have an impact on weight though, as the 3T-35K tips the scales at 430g. That's noticeably heavier than Manfrotto's 260g Pixi Evo mini tripod.

The legs fold out from their resting position alongside the centre column, and a quick twist of the central ‘spider’ locks them in their outstretched position. The two-section centre column can then adjust your shooting height from 25.5cm up to 34cm, or you can remove the column completely and mount the head directly to the legs for a lower stance, though this is a bit of a faff that requires the use of an Allen key.

The support is topped off by a good-sized and precisely-machined aluminium ball head. It features separate pan adjustment, though this is of limited use as there isn’t a dedicated knob to adjust the pan base independently.

Best mini tripod for heavy payloads

Neewer Portable Desktop Tripod product shot

8. Neewer Desktop Mini Tripod

Able to hold as much as 5kg in weight, the Neewer Desktop Mini Tripod can stand up alongside much larger tripods. That's more than enough to hold a mirrorless setup or even a lighter DSLR, giving you real versatility from a tripod that slips easily into the bottom of a backpack.

It's pleasingly sturdy, and five leg sections, has plenty of scope for precise angle adjustments. Its maximum height is about 50cm, which is pretty good for a tabletop tripod, and having a 360-degree ballhead on top is no bad thing either.

The main drawback is its weight. It's significantly heavier than other tripods on this list, and arguably heavier than a tabletop tripod should be. So that's something to bear in mind before you hit "buy" on this particular piece of kit. If that doesn't bother you, this is a solid pick.

Best premium-priced mini tripod

Gitzo Mini Traveler tabletop tripod

9. Gitzo Mini Traveler

Mini tripods can often also be short on build quality, but Gitzo ’s mini marvel is a noteable exception. It’s constructed using the same carbon eXact tubing tech as full-size Gitzo legs and is topped off by an equally well made aluminium ball head. The ball itself clamps super-securely using the grippy locking ring at the base of the head. Gitzo rates the load capacity at 3kg, and that’s fair, as it feels rock solid, even when the legs are spread to their widest setting. A neat pull action on each leg lets you switch between the two available angles.

If you need to support even more, the legs themselves have a colossal 25kg load rating. Just remove the head using the included Torx wrench, and the provided adaptor allows fitment of a beefier head to maximize the legs’ carrying capacity.

Equally impressive is the tripod and included head weigh a combined 265g, which makes this one of the lightest mini tripods on the market. The Mini Traveller is available with two color options: black, or Gitzo’s signature ‘Noir Decor’ mottled gunmetal grey finish.

How to choose the best mini tripod

What is a mini tripod.

A mini tripod is a small and portable camera support system with adjustable legs. Like any tripod, it's designed to provide stability and support for cameras and other equipment. The main difference is that it's compact and lightweight, making it easy to store and carry. Mini tripods are also usually cheaper than a full-sized tripod.

Will a mini tripod fit my camera?

Mini tripods can typically support a range of cameras, including DSLRs, mirrorless cameras, compact cameras, action cameras, and smartphones. However, they are typically designed for smaller, lighter cameras. Some may support heavier equipment, but it's essential to check the tripod's weight capacity before buying, to ensure it can handle your gear.

If you're using a smartphone, you'll probably be fine with pretty much any mini tripod, but if you're using a light DSLR, mirrorless, or compact camera, you'll need to be sure it can take the weight. (And remember: that's the weight of the camera and lens combined.) We've specified the maximum payload capacity of every mini tripod on our list above to help you keep track.

Every mini tripod on our list is capable of supporting an action camera or camera phone (though a phone will require an additional clamp to secure it to the tripod), and some are capable of supporting much heavier payloads than that. The heftiest models can take a full-frame DSLR with lens attached.

How we test mini tripods

When we review mini tripods, we look at build quality, portability and vital specs, such as payload capacity. We take the mini tripods out into real-world conditions to assess how they perform in the field with both camera and smartphone setups. We look at the headline features and manufacturers' claims for a mini tripod, and test out how well they work in reality. We use our findings to inform our comments in product reviews and buying guides. 

Find out more about how we test and review on Digital Camera World

Get the Digital Camera World Newsletter

The best camera deals, reviews, product advice, and unmissable photography news, direct to your inbox!

Jon spent years at IPC Media writing features, news, reviews and other photography content for publications such as Amateur Photographer and What Digital Camera in both print and digital form. With his additional experience for outlets like Photomonitor , this makes Jon one of our go-to specialists when it comes to all aspects of photography, from cameras and action cameras to lenses and memory cards, flash diffusers and triggers, batteries and memory cards, selfie sticks and gimbals, and much more besides.  

An NCTJ-qualified journalist, he has also contributed to Shortlist, The Skinny, ThreeWeeks Edinburgh, The Guardian, Trusted Reviews, CreativeBLOQ, and probably quite a few others I’ve forgotten.

Related articles

The camera you can't buy is now even better! First firmware for Fujifilm X100VI

  • Student Successes
  • My Learning

9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)

' src=

You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:

Designing the best travel tripod involves compromises. A sturdy tripod tends to be big and heavy. But a travel tripod needs to be small and light. We’ve selected 9 tripods that are an excellent compromise between those competing demands.

You’ll find tripods that are heavier and sturdier. And you’ll find lighter, less robust travel tripods. Our top pick is the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . It’s light, compact, and easy to carry. Yet it’s also strong and versatile. And the affordable price tag is the cherry on top.

K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod

If you buy a product through one of our referral links we will earn a commission (without costing you anything). Prices last updated on .

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Product prices and availability are accurate as of the date/time indicated and are subject to change. Any price and availability information displayed on Amazon at the time of purchase will apply to the purchase of this product.

Peak Design Travel Carbon Fiber

What is the Best Travel Tripod?

Before we look at our choices in detail, here is a summary of all our recommended travel tripods.

  • Lightweight and versatile travel tripod with carry case
  • Weighs only 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg
  • Supports any weight up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg
  • Excellent mounting flexibility with aluminum ball head
  • Built-in bubble level for precision mounting
  • Sturdy and lightweight carbon fiber construction
  • Folds down to 38 cm and extends up to 1.5 m
  • Supports up to 9.1 kg of gear
  • 3-axis gimbal head for smooth panning and tilting
  • Quick-release plate for easy mounting and dismounting
  • Lightweight aluminum construction
  • Compact and foldable for easy transport
  • Can extend to a maximum height of 1.47 m
  • Supports up to 4 kg of weight
  • 360-degree ball head with two independent control knobs

Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head

  • Lightweight and compact for easy travel
  • High-quality build, reliable stability
  • 360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots
  • Quick-release plate for fast setup
  • Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects

Product

  • Ultra lightweight yet strong carbon fiber
  • 4-section legs adjustable to 25, 50, and 80 degreeangles
  • Twist locks for fast, secure setup
  • Removable center column
  • Supports up to 15 kg of weight

Product

  • Lightweight and compact design
  • Smooth fluid video head
  • Quick-release plate for fast transitions
  • Fully adjustable tripod legs
  • Includes carrying case and shoulder strap

Product

  • Ultra-lightweight and sturdy carbon fiber construction
  • Ball head design for easy, fast adjustments
  • 4-section legs with quick-release leg locks
  • Maximum height of 1.61 m
  • Maximum load capacity of 10 kg

Product

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Fully adjustable for desired angle
  • Universal phone clip for mobile phones
  • Durable and solid construction
  • Non-slip rubber feet for stability

Product

  • Lightweight and compact
  • Stable and durable
  • Quick-release leg locks
  • Multi-angle center column
  • Adjustable height range

Product

Now let’s look in more detail at our recommendations for the best travel tripod in 2023.

1. K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod has to be our top recommendation. It’s a lightweight tripod that’s durable and reliable. You can take it with you on trip after trip and it will last the distance. 

Weighing just 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg, it won’t add too much heft to your travel pack. And even though it’s a lightweight tripod, it can still support cameras weighing up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg. That’s enough for full frame cameras or even medium format cameras. 

Travel photographers will also appreciate the wide working height range. You can set it up at any point between 64.1 inch / 1.6 m and 20.4 inch / 52 cm. And it folds down to 15.3 inch / 39 cm when you need to pack it away. 

Flip locks make adjusting the height quick and easy. And you get a carry case included, making it even easier to travel with this tripod. And a quick-release plate helps you mount and dismount your camera.

It comes with a ball head as standard. The wide range of tilting motion gives you excellent mounting flexibility. And the head has a panning base, which is helpful when shooting landscapes or panoramas. It also has a built-in bubble level to help keep your camera level. 

It’s hard to find fault with the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . We’re confident about putting it in the No.1 spot on the list. And it’s an absolute bargain for the price. 

2. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The revolutionary Travel Tripod is the newest addition to Peak Design ’s lineup. We know Peak Design from its camera bags , carrier straps, and belt holster systems.

Now, they’ve added a travel tripod that’s turning everyone’s heads. What makes it so unique? Quite a few things, actually.

First of all, it’s a real travel tripod. It folds down to under 15.5 inches. This is amazing because it extends to 60 inches when in use. That is more than enough for most travel photography .

There are also two options you can get this tripod in. The one listed above is carbon fiber, which weighs only 2.81 lbs. But they have an aluminum version that weighs 3.44 lbs.

The aluminum version is manageable and it weighs similar to other travel tripods. The carbon fiber version is stiffer and lighter but is more expensive.

As a travel tripod, it has a few advantages. It’s Arca-Swiss compatible. It has a single ring to adjust the head, which is also an intuitive and compact ball head. And it has four leg extenders. This offers you more versatility when choosing the height of the Peak Design Travel Tripod .

3. Benro TSL08AN00: Lightweight Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Benro Slim is a reliable option for photographers on a budget. It is the best affordable travel tripod that still comes from a reputable brand,

At 2.6 pounds, this tripod fits into the travel category. And a weight hook will help negate some of the negatives of using such a light tripod.

The tripod has four leg sections with twist locks. Each leg can be set to one of three angles for more height options. This allows the tripod to extend from 15.7 inches to about 57 inches. You can also reverse the center column for the most height flexibility.

The tripod also includes a ball head with a bubble level .

So what is the reason for the low price? The Benro Slim doesn’t fold down as small as the others on the list without reverse folding legs. This means a faster setup while taking up about four more inches of space in your bag.

The Benro Slim , like the BeFree, also has one of the lower capacities on the list with an 8.8-pound limit. And the under 3-pound weight could mean the tripod isn’t as sturdy as some of the pricier options.

4. Manfrotto Element Traveller Tripod Kit w/Ball Head

The Element Traveler from is made especially for travel photographers . Manfrotto is known for great tripods, and this is no exception. It’s a versatile tripod that allows you to move around without feeling weighed down.

Even though the tripod’s weight is barely 2.5 pounds, the load capacity is a lot higher. It will allow you to hold up to 8.8 pounds. That’s enough for a large professional DSLR and a super-telephoto lens .

The folded length of 13 inches is relatively small. You can shoot from a height of 14 inches up to 53 inches. This is excellent for landscape photography .

The other feature that photographers will enjoy with the Element Traveler is the aluminum ball head with an independent lock. This makes up-down shoots for food photography or product photography very simple.

5. Sirui W-1204 Carbon Fiber Tripod

The  Sirui W-1204 is one of the few brands offering waterproof tripods. This makes it one of the best options for a hardcore outdoor photographer .

The tripod has a sealing system. If you shoot in the rain or place the legs in shallow water, the twist locks will still work.

The feet complete the outdoor design. You just unscrew the interchangeable feet to switch from rubber to spiked. The leg sections are held in place using twist locks to reach a maximum height of 65 inches.

This Sirui also has the highest weight capacity of any of the tripods on this list. It supports up to 33 pounds of gear while only weighing 3.1 pounds.

A counterweight hook adds even more stability to the tripod. The legs fold around the center column for a more compact folded measurement.

It stands at 19.3 inches when folded, with only four leg sections. With a height of only 5.7 inches and a removable leg that you can use as a monopod , the Sirui W-1204 gets points for versatility.

6. Manfrotto Befree: Professional Video Tripod for Travel

This Manfrotto Befree tripod is one of the few that use level locks instead of the twist type. Weighing a little over 3 pounds, this tripod folds down to a little over 16 inches.

You can adjust the legs on the Befree to three different angles. This allows the tripod to reach as low as 13.4 inches and as high as 56.7 inches.

The Befree’s compact design, versatile height, and flip locks make this one of the best tripods for travel photographers. And that’s all at a very reasonable price.

Like other 3-pound travel tripods, this tripod can be a bit susceptible to wind. Unfortunately, there is no counterweight hook to support it.

The capacity is 8.8 pounds, so it’s not designed for the biggest telephoto lenses . The 56.7-inch height limit will also be a sticking point for tall photographers.

But for the price, the Manfrotto Befree offers quality and portability.

7. Gitzo Carbon Fiber Tripod with Ball Head

This Gitzo tripod is the juggernaut of travel tripods. It will hold up to 22 pounds, making it one of the sturdiest tripods on our list.

This allows you to use heavy camera equipment . That’s perfect for destination weddings or sports photography . The extra weight-bearing design will help with added accessories like microphones , lights, or flash units .

It comes with a high-quality ball head. As far as tripods go, this one is lightweight, weighing only 3.2 pounds. The most significant benefit I found is the small center column. This lets you get close to the ground for low-angle shots.

For these reasons, this Gitzo is expensive compared to the others on our list. But it’s worth the money. It has a simple design and construction that makes it easy to extend and shrink.

8. Manfrotto PIXI Evo

The Manfrotto PIXI Evo is unique in this selection of tripods. We all know Manfrotto for making excellent tripods. Whether large and sturdy or small and portable, it’s the go-to company. Their other best travel tripod options on our list are for photographers shooting up high.

Eye-level vantage points aren’t the only way photographers want to capture scenes. Sometimes they want to get low for a different perspective. The Manfrotto PIXI Evo offers just that.

This tabletop tripod is small. And it will fit in the small accessory pouches of your backpack or your coat pocket.

You might not expect it to handle DSLR camera systems . But it will hold a weight of 5.5 pounds. This is more than enough to support a full frame DSLR body with a telephoto lens.

Using it couldn’t be easier. Flip out the legs and you’re good to go. The PIXI Evo doesn’t offer you much versatility. But it is the most compact and lightest of our travel tripod picks.

It’s perfect for selfies and vlogging , as it offers two different leg angles along with adjustable two-section legs.

9. Vanguard VEO3T265HABP Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Vanguard VEO ’s reversing center column allows you to shoot as low as 16 inches from the ground or as tall as 57 inches. This is perfect if you need to get down low for macro shots ? You can also adjust each of the twist-lock legs at three different angles.

Despite the versatility, this Vanguard tripod weighs only 4 pounds. It can handle three times its own weight with a 13.2-pound capacity. When folded, the tripod fits in a space of less than 16 inches.

A counterweight hook helps add more stability to the lightweight tripod. With a tripod ball head included, the camera’s position is easy to adjust.

The VEO is designed for quick setup with the central column system. The four legs are also easy to adjust because of twist-lock legs.

There are some downsides, though. It doesn’t include spiked feet, which you can get for a higher price. It also doesn’t have the versatility of using one leg as a monopod. But for the price, the Vanguard VEO ‘s feature list is rather tough to beat.

Buyer’s Guide for the Best Travel Tripods

Tripods can have a varying list of features. And some features are more important when you want to travel with your tripod. Read on to learn what makes a tripod perfect for travel.

What to Look for When Buying the Best Travel Tripod

Tripods are necessary for low-light and long-exposure shots . This is why a travel photographer must carry them around. But there’s a problem with lightweight tripods. The lighter a tripod is, the less stable it tends to be.

That doesn’t mean your travel tripod is going to dump your camera in the dirt. But there are a few features that you should look for when choosing the best travel tripod for you.

A Travel Tripod with Counterweight Hooks

Adding a simple hook to the bottom of the tripod’s center column may not seem like a big deal. But this tiny feature allows travel tripods to be sturdier, no matter the travel conditions.

If you can add weight to the tripod, such as your camera bag , you add more stability without sacrificing portability. These counterweights will help your travel tripod stay put in windy conditions.

A Travel Tripod with Adjustable-Leg Flip Locks

You can adjust tripod legs through either twist locks or lever locks.

Twist locks are slimmer. But if you don’t twist them tight enough, they could unlock. Flip locks will add more bulk and tend to take longer to set up. On the other hand, you can trust them to stay locked.

After using a monopod with twist locks that kept sliding mid shoot, flip locks are my preference.

A Versatile Travel Tripod

Travel tripods are even more portable when they do double duty, so you don’t have to bring multiple ones with you.

If you want to use both a tripod and a monopod , look for a two-in-one that converts to a monopod.

If you shoot macro or low to the ground, check the tripod’s minimum and maximum height. And look one with a versatile height range. You’ll save yourself from bringing a tabletop tripod for low-angle photos.

A Portable Travel Tripod

Whenever you buy a tripod, pay attention to the weight specifications. This is especially true for travel tripods.

One is how much weight the travel tripod can hold. Ensure that your heaviest camera body, lens, and accessories fit within those parameters. The tripod with a higher weight capacity will be sturdier even if you only need half the listed weight limit.

The second detail to consider is the weight of the tripod itself. That’s how much you’ll be adding to your bag’s weight on a hike or in your luggage.

A carbon fiber tripod is lightweight and can hold a lot of gear. But it’s also more pricey than an aluminum one.

A Travel Tripod with a Sturdy Build

Plan on hiking with a tripod? Look for other outdoor-friendly features besides the lightweight feature.

Retractable feet spikes can help make the tripod a bit sturdier on grass and dirt.

Waterproof tripods are a bit harder to find. But they can survive taking pictures in the rain or standing in the surf .

A Travel Tripod with a Quick-Release Plate

Don’t miss capturing a moment because you have to fiddle with getting your camera off your tripod. Look for a travel tripod that includes a quick-release plate.

Also, watch for small design changes that help you set up your gear faster. Unfolding each of the three leg sections takes longer than just unfolding one center column, for example.

Conclusion: The Best Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod  is our choice for the best travel Tripod. It is lightweight, durable, and has a wide range of features that make it the perfect travel companion.

It is also highly adjustable and has a unique design that allows for easy setup and breakdown. With its adjustable legs and quick-release plate, it is the perfect tripod for capturing any moment on the go.

Wandering Wheatleys - Logo

Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

  • Facebook 31

Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

We have been traveling the world for the last three years and sharing our travel photos on Instagram and here on our blog. Over the course of our travels, we have found that a lightweight and compact travel tripod is one of the most important pieces of gear in our travel photography packing list .

You can take great travel photos without a tripod but there are certain scenarios where one is absolutely necessary. For example, if you want to shoot star photos, silky smooth waterfall photos, or cityscapes at night, you’ll need to have a good tripod. And rather than giving creative control to a stranger for your next selfie, traveling with a tripod will ensure that you get the exact framing you want.

Best Lightweight Trave Tripods (Kirkjufellsfoss Waterfall, Iceland)

A great travel tripod has to check a lot of boxes; it needs to be lightweight, compact, sturdy, and easy to set up. And a well-built tripod should last for years so it’s worth investing in a good one.

But purchasing a travel tripod can be overwhelming. And considering you’ll need to invest at least $100 USD (and probably closer to $300 USD) to get a high-quality tripod, you’ll want to make sure you pick the right one for your camera setup and photography style.

We have compiled a list of our 9 favorite lightweight and portable tripods for you to take on your next world trip. If you’re wondering what’s the best travel tripod for you, read on!

Don’t forget to check out our web story: 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers 

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

What to Consider When Purchasing a Travel Tripod

Tripod material: aluminum vs. carbon fiber.

If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Travel tripods are generally made from either aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber is both lighter and stronger than aluminum, making it the preferred material for all high-end travel tripods. If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll eventually want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Unfortunately, carbon fiber is also significantly more expensive than aluminum which means you’ll be paying a premium to shave a few ounces off of your tripod. If you’re on a tight budget and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight, an aluminum tripod is perfectly acceptable until you can save up and purchase a carbon fiber version.

Tripod Weight

Best Compact Travel Tripods (Horseshoe Bend, Arizona)

We recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs.

Weight is probably the most important factor to consider when searching for a travel tripod. And we recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs. But unless you’re embarking on a multi-day backpacking trip, you probably don’t need to worry about a few extra ounces.

And keep in mind that you’ll likely have to make some sacrifices if you want to shave weight off of your tripod. A lighter tripod will likely have a shorter maximum height and be a bit less sturdy than a heavier tripod.

Tripod Size When Collapsed

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches.

The second deciding factor when choosing a travel tripod is how small it will be when folded up. Whether you’re embarking on an international trip or taking your tripod on a weekend camping trip, you’ll want something that can easily fit in your day pack.

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches. Anything larger than that and you’re looking at a more traditional tripod. Any smaller and you’re probably going to be making some big sacrifices in terms of stability and versatility.

Tripod Height When In Use

Cheap & Inexpensive Travel Tripods (Iceland)

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo you want.

Maximum height is often overlooked when buying a travel tripod. Many heavier tripods extend to 6 feet or even taller, but as you start looking at lightweight travel tripods you’ll notice that the maximum height starts to shrink.

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo framing that you want. And a shorter tripod also means you’ll have to stoop to look through the viewfinder.

You should also pay attention to how low the tripod can get to the ground as some photography situations will lend themselves to very low-angle shots.

Tripod Sturdiness

Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also means greater tripod stability.

The sturdiness of your tripod is quite important for two reasons.

  • When shooting long exposures you don’t want to have even the slightest movement of your camera. A sturdy tripod is the first line of defense against camera shake. The same goes for shooting timelapse videos.
  • If a strong gust of wind blows your tripod over, it can potentially destroy thousands of dollars of photography equipment in a matter of seconds.

Unfortunately, there is no quantitative measurement for a tripod’s sturdiness. Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also mean greater tripod stability.

Number of Leg Sections

More leg sections means your tripod will be more compact, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

Almost all travel tripods have either 4 or 5 leg sections. More leg sections typically mean your tripod will be more compact and have a higher maximum height, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

These days many travel tripods are designed with a 2-section center column. Similar to the tripod’s legs, more sections in the center column mean a more versatile but less sturdy tripod.

Style of Leg Locks

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

A tripod’s “leg locks” are the connection mechanisms that hold the sections of each leg together. They allow you to lock the legs in place when the tripod is in use and then unlock it so the tripod can be easily collapsed.

Leg locks come in 2 styles: twist locks and lever locks. Twist locks are more compact and low profile, but it’s not easy to see if they are fully tightened at a glance. Lever locks are bulkier, but when you snap the lever shut you know the leg section is firmly locked in place.

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of a leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

Tripod Ball Head

Best Portable Travel Tripods

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few that do not. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

Remember that you’ll need to have a ball head in addition to your tripod. This is the piece that screws onto the top of your tripod and allows your camera to easily swivel around and up and down while it’s mounted on the tripod.

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few (such as the Gitzo Traveler ) that do not. In this case, you’ll need to purchase a ball head separately. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking, Trekking, and Backpacking

1. sirui a1205 carbon fiber tripod with y-11 ball head.

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Sirui A1205 Carbon Fiber Tripod

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market.
  • Material: Carbon Fiber
  • Tripod-only Weight: 2 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.66 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 14 inches
  • Leg Sections: 5
  • Maximum Height: 55.1 inches
  • Minimum Height: 10.2 inches
  • Max Load: 22 lbs
  • Leg Locks: Twist
  • Ball head Included: Yes

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. We have been using an earlier model of this tripod for the last three years and it has never failed us.

It is lightweight, sturdy, and compact – everything you could want in a travel tripod! Plus, it is surprisingly affordable for a carbon fiber tripod.

The Sirui A1205 weighs in at only 2.66 lbs with the ball head attached but can support 22 lbs of photography gear. This makes it the perfect companion for our D7500 and 18-200mm lens .

The only downside to this tripod setup is the included Y-11 ball head doesn’t have a tension knob. You can upgrade to a G-10X or K-10X ball head if you want a tension knob (we use the K-10X).

Check Price on Amazon

2. MeFoto Roadtrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto RoadTrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

The MeFoto Roadtrip is the most popular entry-level travel tripod on the market.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.1 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 15.4 inches
  • Maximum Height: 61.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 15.35 inches
  • Max Load: 17.6 lbs

The MeFoto RoadTrip is the most popular travel tripod on the market and for good reason. It’s designed to have everything you need in a tripod, including a well-built triple-action ball head, while still packing down to just 15.4 inches.

It’s loaded with handy features, including a bubble level on the ball head and a recessed hook on the center column so you can add weight for stability in windy conditions.

It extends to a maximum height of 61.6 inches making it the tallest travel tripod we review here. So if you’re tall and don’t like stooping over every time you use your tripod, then the MeFoto RoadTrip is the best option for you!

All of MeFoto’s tripods come in a variety of bright colors and their RoadTrip tripod even comes in a posh leather edition .

Check Prices on Amazon

3. Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.75 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 16.14 inches
  • Leg Sections: 4
  • Maximum Height: 59.06 inches
  • Minimum Height: 16.14 inches
  • Max Load: 17.64 lbs

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all-around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value. The carbon fiber version of this tripod weighs in at just 2.75 lbs and collapses down to 16.14 inches.

A bit taller and bulkier than the Sirui A1205, while shorter and lighter than the MeFoto Roadtrip, it represents a happy medium between the two.

The Manfrotto Befree typically ships with a 494 Center Ball Head which, along with the tripod, can support a maximum camera weight of 17.64 lbs. It’s a triple-action ball head meaning it has an independent pan and tilts control knobs plus tension control built into the tilt knob.

Surprisingly, there is no spirit level on the ball head so you may want to invest in one for your camera’s hot shoe .

Manfrotto is one of the best tripod manufacturers so you can expect a quality product as well as a 10-year extended warranty and great customer service.

Manfrotto Befree Aluminum Tripod Kit

You can also save yourself about $100 if you opt for the Manfrotto Befree aluminum version instead of carbon fiber. It will only add 8.5 ounces (0.53 lbs) to the tripod.

  • Tripod-only Weight: 2.53 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.28 lbs

4. Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

If you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.8 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 14.4 inches
  • Maximum Height: 48.2 inches
  • Minimum Height: 7.9 inches
  • Ball Head Included: No

Gitzo is an industry leader when it comes to tripods and their travel lineup is no exception. The Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod is extremely compact, lightweight, and beautifully designed. No doubt you’ll love this tripod if you purchase it. But be warned, Gitzo tripods are a premium product that comes with a premium price tag.

Also, you should take note that this tripod doesn’t ship with a ball head. We recommend pairing it with the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Center Ball Head which adds 0.8 lbs to the overall weight of the setup.

We actually think that Gitzo tripods are a bit overpriced. The Sirui A1205 has almost the technical specifications but costs about one-third of the price. But if you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!

5. Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an exteremly sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight.
  • Tripod-only Weight: 3.18 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.86 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 13.67 inches
  • Maximum Height: 55 inches
  • Minimum Height: 4.75 inches
  • Max Load: 66 lbs
  • Ball Head Included: Yes

The Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod by Three Legged Thing is another impressive travel tripod. Perhaps the most sturdy travel tripod on the market, it can handle a maximum load of 66 lbs!

This little tripod folds down to just 13.67 inches when not in use. But even in such a small package, the Leo is rather heavy at 3.86 lbs. Keep in mind that it still weighs less than 4 pounds and is sufficiently light for all but the most extreme situations.

The included Airhed SWITCH ball head is incredibly strong, supporting a max weight of 80 lbs, but it’s a bit of a one-trick pony. It’s a single-action ball head meaning it doesn’t have a pan control knob and there is no tension screw. You may want to upgrade the ball head at some point for more fine-tuned control.

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an extremely sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight . It’s a great choice if you have a heavy DSLR camera or plan on using large zoom lenses.

6. MeFoto BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto Backpacker S Aluminum Tripod

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography.
  • Material: Aluminum
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.54 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 13.19 inches
  • Maximum Height: 54.7 inches
  • Minimum Height: 13.2 inches
  • Max Load: 13.2 lbs

The tripods we have reviewed so far are all great choices if you’re traveling with a full-frame DSLR or mirrorless camera. But if you’re carrying a smaller fixed-lens travel camera like the Sony RX100 or Canon G1 X then you can use a lighter-duty tripod and save yourself some cash.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a perfect match for smaller cameras or cell phone selfies. It’s incredibly affordable but still lightweight (2.54 lbs) and sturdy. It can handle a maximum load of 13.2 lbs so you can still use it with all but the heaviest cameras and lenses.

The leg locks have deep grooves to provide a good grip while you are setting up or taking down your tripod. It has a dual-action ball head so you’ll have independent control over panning and tilt plus a built-in spirit level.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography. As with all MeFoto tripods, the BackPacker S comes in lots of fun colors making it both stylish and functional.

7. Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-size travel tripods on the market.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.2 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 20.1 inches
  • Maximum Height: 57.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 15.7 inches
  • Max Load: 8.8 lbs

Weighing just 2.2 lbs with the included ball head, the Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-sized travel tripods on the market. It’s a bit longer than the other tripods we’ve reviewed due to the legs not reversing when the tripod is collapsed, but that also means it’s a bit skinnier when collapsed. It is still small enough to make it plenty portable for a day hike or a weekend trip.

The Benro SLIM has spirit levels on both the tripod shoulder and on the quick release clamp which makes leveling the tripod a breeze. And there’s a weight hook under the center column if you need a little more stability in windy conditions.

The ball head is a bit spartan with just a single knob for controlling pan and tilt, but that’s just the price you pay to have a tripod this light and inexpensive.

8. Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

The GorillaPod 5K is perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.
  • Tripod-only Weight: 1.06 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 1.63 lbs
  • Tripod Size: 15.16 inches

The GorillaPod 5K is a bit of a different beast in terms of tripods. Each leg is made up of 10 sections so it can be twisted into an endless variety of different shapes.

This flexible tripod can be wrapped around fence posts, tree branches, car mirrors, or any other sturdy object you can find in your vicinity. Making the GorillaPod 5K perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.

It’s also sometimes handy to have a second tripod. For example, say you want to shoot a timelapse of a sunset on your iPhone while you’re capturing still images with your DSLR or mirrorless camera.

While we don’t recommend the GorillaPod 5K as your only tripod, it is certainly convenient to have in specific situations.

9. Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

A brand new travel tripod from Peak Design. Exceptionally compact and lighteight, but not as sturdy as we would like.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.81 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 15.2 inches
  • Maximum Height: 51.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 5.5 inches
  • Max Load: 20 lbs
  • Leg Locks: Lever

Peak Design is renowned for its innovative approach to photography gear. Thousands of photographers swear by their camera straps and clips . You’ll also spot travel photographers all over the world sporting their Everyday Backpack (we have the 30-liter version of this backpack in ash grey).

In March 2020, Peak Design released its much-anticipated travel tripod. The triangular-shaped legs fit together in the center making it extra compact when collapsed, and the redesigned ball head gives you a single adjustment ring that controls all movement.

It comes in either a carbon fiber version or an aluminum version with the aluminum adding 0.63 lbs. to the tripod but saving you ~$250.

While the new Peak Design travel tripod is exceptionally light and compact, it is not as sturdy as some of the other best travel tripods on our list. This tripod is best for lightweight cameras (potentially a mirrorless with a small to mid-size lens). Even if you’re under the load limit of 20 lbs, you’ll want to make sure you add some extra weight to the load hanging hook to minimize camera shake.

What’s your pick for the best travel tripod? Let us know below!

Share this on pinterest.

Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

About the Author:

Nick Wheatley

Nick took his first solo trip abroad to Ireland and Scotland when he was just 19. Since then he has visited over 70 countries around the world (plus 45 states in the USA). He coupled his passion for travel photography with Val’s passion for writing and thus Wandering Wheatleys was born. He now lives in Asheville with his two rambunctious kids, Humphrey and Wilhelminha. Besides photography, Nick loves eating the weirdest food he can find in a country (sheep’s brain currently sits in first place) and making Val get up an hour before sunrise to make sure he gets “the good light”.

View all posts

Related Posts

What to Pack for the Philippines

The Perfect Philippines Packing List!

Best Holiday & Christmas Gifts for World Travelers

Gifts for Travelers: 30 Perfect Travel Gift Ideas!

What to Pack for Morocco

Morocco Packing List: What to Pack for Morocco

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

A camera set up on the best travel tripod in front of a lake with a bridge spanning it surrounded by greenery.

The best travel tripods in 2023

It’s easy to bring the best travel tripod anywhere you go.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Tripod makers have it rough. The bigger and heavier you make a tripod, the more stable it’ll be—and stability is the whole point. But if you want photographers to actually take your tripod with them on location, you have to make it lightweight and compact enough to carry around. This contradiction is most pronounced when you’re trying to find the best travel tripod. These tripods have to be even smaller, lighter, and more versatile than your standard set of sticks and ball-head. They have to be small enough that you can easily strap one to the side of a backpack, rugged enough to withstand being banged around in luggage, fast enough to be set up in seconds, versatile enough to let you shoot from multiple angles, and sturdy enough to keep a full-frame camera and lens stable on a busy street or windy cliff face.

Fortunately, there are plenty of great options for every skill level and budget. You just have to know what to look for. 

Best overall: Peak Design Travel Tripod

Best aluminum: manfrotto befree advanced, best carbon fiber: gitzo traveler series 1, best heavy-duty: 3 legged thing leo 2.0, best budget: mefoto roadtrip s, how we picked the best travel tripods.

The editors and writers at Popular Photography have decades of photography experience in nearly every genre and have covered just about every major camera and tripod brand on the market. When looking at travel tripods, we looked at the essential components of a tripod that get brought along on trips. Weight and folded length were critical factors, as travel tripods must be easily packed and carried. The weight capacity was also significant, as the tripod should be sturdy enough to hold most major cameras. Lastly, we factored in the extended height, minimum height, and other miscellaneous features.

Best travel tripods: Reviews & Recommendations

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Peak Design

Why it made the cut: The Peak Design Travel Tripod has a novel design that allows it to be compact enough to fit in a water bottle pocket on a backpack yet still expand to 5 feet in height. Available as either aluminum or carbon fiber, this lightweight option is sturdy and travel-ready.

Key features

  • Material:  Aluminum or carbon fiber
  • Tripod weight: 3.4 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 20 pounds
  • Extended height : 60 inches
  • Folded height: 15.2 inches
  • Very compact
  • Available as aluminum or carbon fiber
  • Built-in mobile phone mount
  • Comes with a padded, weatherproof case

The Peak Design Travel Tripod boasts a fresh design that reimagines just how small a travel tripod can be. Thanks to its one-of-a-kind leg design, this camera stand folds down to the diameter of a water bottle, allowing you to pack it in a standard water bottle pocket on a backpack. In addition, the unique, low-profile ball-head mechanism lets you adjust your camera angle with a single hand. It may take some getting used to, but it is a nice feature.

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is available in carbon fiber or aluminum. You should pick the carbon fiber version if you want to save weight and the aluminum version if you want to save money.

A black compact travel tripod for cameras.

Why it made the cut: Manfrotto’s Befree Advanced travel tripod is a 3.5 pound aluminum option that is sturdy enough to hold heavy gear. And at only 15.2 inches when folded, it can fit in most luggage.

  • Material:  Aluminum
  • Tripod weight: 3.5 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 19.8 pounds
  • Extended height : 59.45 inches
  • Folded height: 15.75 inches
  • Lightweight aluminum build
  • Can handle full-frame gear with heavy lenses
  • Quality ball-head
  • A bit wide when folded

Manfrotto’s Befree tripods are popular among travel photographers, and it’s easy to see why. The aluminum version weighs in at just 3.4 pounds, with a folded length of 15.2 inches. In addition, it has a weight capacity of 19.8 pounds, making it capable of holding full-frame cameras with heavy lenses. As a result, it has a great balance of price to performance for an aluminum travel tripod. 

But it’s not just about size and weight. The Befree Advanced has twist-style M-lock leg locks that make setting up the tripod a breeze. The included ball head is surprisingly solid, and the leg angle selector offers more options than some competitors at and above this price point.

A carbon fiber tripod with three-section legs opened but not extended.

Why it made the cut: The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is an excellent carbon fiber tripod. At 3.3 pounds, it isn’t the lightest one on the list. But it can handle the heaviest load, making it a great option for those wanting something sturdy.

  • Material:  carbon fiber
  • Tripod weight: Tripod: 2.34 pounds, Head: 0.9 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 22 pounds
  • Extended height : 60.24 inches
  • Folded height: 16.73 inches
  • Excellent build quality
  • Compatible with lenses up to 200mm
  • Quality ball head
  • Very pricey

The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the go-to professional tripod for photographers who demand uncompromising build quality. At 3.3lbs and a folded length of 16.73 inches, it’s not the smallest or lightest carbon fiber travel tripod you can buy. But it offers a weight capacity of 22lbs, making it a sturdy choice. In addition, it has a max height of 60.24 inches and can go as low as 8.66 inches, making it useful for low-angle or macro shots and high-angle ones. 

This kit comes with the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Center Ball Head, which is the slimmest Gitzo head. It has an independent pan lock and an incredibly smooth rotating ball head. This head is also compatible with plates from other brands as long as the dimensions are similar, which could be helpful when traveling. 

A carbon fiber travel tripod with a unique orange tripod mount make and high weight capacity make this one of the best tripod for dslr.

3 Legged Thing

Why it made the cut: The 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 has the highest weight capacity you can find at 66 pounds. And yet, it still packs down to around the same size as other compact travel tripods.

  • Material:  Carbon fiber
  • Tripod weight: 3.35 pounds, 4.08 pounds with head
  • Weight capacity: 66 pounds
  • Extended height : 57.7 inches
  • Folded height: 14.7 inches
  • Excellent weight capacity
  • Folds down small
  • Legs detach to become monopods or booms
  • Lots of leg locks

With a maximum weight capacity of 66lbs, the 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 is about the sturdiest travel tripod you can buy, and yet it still folds down to under 15-inches and tips the scales at just 4.1lbs. The large weight capacity means you can use it with larger mirrorless or DSLR cameras or even medium format setups.

The Leo is also unique in its versatility. Each leg is detachable, allowing you to use them as monopods or booms. They also feature a 3-position angle lock and boast twist locks for quick and easy setup. And, if you buy separate footwear, it can be used as a tabletop tripod with the legs removed as well. These features make it one of the most versatile, heavy-duty travel tripods money can buy.

MeFOTO BackPacker S Tripod

Why it made the cut: The MeFOTO Roadtrip S is a very affordable travel tripod for beginner photographers while still having plenty of good features. It weighs only 2.5 pounds, packs down to 13.2 inches, and can even convert to a monopod.

  • Tripod weight: 3.65 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 17.6 pounds
  • Extended height : 59.4 inches
  • Folded height: 13.98 inches
  • Budget-friendly
  • Swappable head
  • Converts into a monopod
  • Weight capacity is fairly low

MeFOTO’s BackPacker,  RoadTripper , and  GlobeTrotter  tripods are travel-friendly favorites that regularly make roundups like this. The aluminum version of the Roadtripper S weighs in at just 3.65 pounds and still boasts a respectable weight capacity of 17.6 pounds. 

The Roadtripper S also has some nice features for a tripod at this price. For example, it has a scale on the center column for lining up panoramic shots right, a separate lock for its pan axis, and can convert into a monopod. It’s not the most capable on the list, but it’s a great entry-level travel tripod for beginners.

Features to consider when shopping for the best travel tripods

The main difference between a regular tripod and a travel tripod is size and weight. While regular tripods—especially high-end video tripods—are often large and heavy in order to offer as much stability and weight capacity as possible, travel tripods have to balance these core features with the need for portability. The best travel tripod is the one that offers the most rigid and stable construction in a package that folds up small and weighs no more than a large DSLR. 

To do this, lightweight tripod makers rely heavily on materials like aluminum (good) and carbon fiber (better), creative designs with thinner legs that fold 180° over the ball head, telescoping legs with as many as 5 sections, and smart extras like sandbag hooks for adding weight while you shoot, reversible center columns, and built-in bubble levels. 

The goal is to create a tripod that delivers the best of all worlds: something compact enough that it will fit comfortably in a carry-on bag, light enough that it won’t bog you down on a long hike, and yet stable enough that it’s actually worth bringing along. Here are the key features you should consider when shopping for the best travel tripod, and a few of our top picks.

Size and weight of a travel tripod

As we’ve already mentioned several times at this point, the first and most important features to consider when shopping for a travel tripod are size and weight. The best travel tripod overall will be lightweight, with a respectable weight capacity, an ingenious design that allows it to fold up really small, and a carbon fiber construction for the best possible strength-to-weight ratio.

In terms of raw numbers: a compact travel tripod should weigh no more than 4lbs, it should be able to hold at least 15lbs, and it should fold up to less than 16-inches long for easy packing. Once these boxes are checked, everything else is a bonus. Smaller folded diameter, vari-angle legs, reversible center column, a well-designed ball-head, and easy-to-deploy legs are the secondary features that separate the “good” travel tripods from the “great” ones.

Skill level and budget

Another important consideration is your own skill and interest level. While it’s always tempting to purchase the best-of-the-best camera gear right away, there’s no need for a beginner travel photographer to drop $500+ on a high-end carbon fiber tripod with all the bells and whistles—no matter what the ads try to tell (or sell) you. 

If you’re just starting out, look for important core features (lightweight construction, compact foldable design, reasonable weight capacity, and solid build quality) in an affordable aluminum model that will offer you everything you need and won’t cost you a bundle. If you can afford to spend a little more than the budget options, but don’t want to get carried away with Gear Acquisition Syndrome (also known as G.A.S.), a great entry-level tripod is the way to go.

Aluminum vs. carbon fiber tripod

One of the most important decisions you’ll need to make when looking for the best travel tripod is whether to go with aluminum or carbon fiber . 

A carbon fiber tripod is the premium choice. Weight for weight it’s both stronger and more rigid than aluminum, which translates into tripods that are both lighter and sturdier. As a result, it’s also a lot more expensive. Aluminum may be heavier and a little more flexible, but it’s a lot cheaper and plenty of photographers rely on it day-in and day-out. Plus, the added weight helps keep your shots stable when you don’t have any way to weigh the tripod down.

Fortunately, many of the most popular travel tripods from the most recognizable brands are available in both aluminum and carbon fiber variants. You get to decide what’s more important: a lighter tripod, or a heavier wallet?

Weight capacity

Most travel tripods can handle a maximum load of about 22lbs, with many of the lightest options cutting that number down even further in order to save weight. Fortunately, that’s plenty for most mirrorless cameras or DSLRs with a regular lens attached. However, if you plan to tote around a huge DSLR and lens combo, or maybe even shoot medium format, you’ll want to find a tripod that can handle a lot more weight without flinching. 

Keep in mind that there will be a trade-off here, usually in terms of tripod weight. The higher the weight capacity, the thicker and sturdier the lens and ball head will need to be, and the heavier the tripod itself is likely to become. Only you can decide if that’s a worthwhile compromise.

Q: Does it matter what tripod you use?

Absolutely it does! Extremely cheap tripods don’t deliver the same stability or features that you get from higher-quality options like the ones listed above.  At the very least, a good-quality travel tripod will ensure you can keep your ISO down and capture longer exposures without camera shake, even in windy or otherwise challenging conditions. But beyond this, most high-quality tripods offer multiple leg angles, reversible columns, bubble levels, a huge range of height settings, and much much more. Features like this open up a world of photographic possibilities.

Q: What is the strongest yet lightest tripod material?

Carbon fiber is the strongest and lightest material used in tripods. Weight for weight, carbon fiber is anywhere from 2x to 5x more rigid and up to 10x stronger depending on the type and orientation of the fiber used. This is obviously a huge plus for photographers who want to travel light without sacrificing tensile strength, but remember: the lighter the tripod, the less stable it will be. So keep an eye out for a carbon fiber travel tripod with weight hooks so that you can hang your bag on your tripod while you shoot and add back any lost stability.

Q: How much does a good tripod cost?

Materials, size, weight, and weight capacity are all going to factor into the final price of a good travel tripod, which makes an “average” hard to pin down. Generally speaking, aluminum travel tripods will be cheaper, starting at around $100 for a good-quality tripod, although you can find them for less. Carbon fiber models will be more expensive, starting around $150, with most options coming in above the $200 mark. If you want a high-quality, lightweight, carbon fiber tripod that folds up small and features great weight capacity at the same time, expect to spend $200 or more.

Final thoughts on the best travel tripod s

The list above is not a comprehensive overview of all the best travel tripods on the market. With so many great brands like Gitzo, Benro, Manfrotto, 3 Legged Thing, MeFOTO, and Peak Design putting out solid products, there’s no shortage of great options. That said, we’ve found the Peak Design Travel Tripod to be the best overall option. It has a unique design that allows it to fold down smaller than any other option in the same class. However, it can still hold a good amount of weight, making it sturdy enough to use with heavier cameras or on windy days. The added touch of a built-in phone mount and the included padded carrying case are nice additions as well.

Want more photography techniques, camera reviews, and inspiration?

Sign up for Popular Photography's newsletter and join the club.

most compact travel tripod

Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget

Although image stabilization technology has come along in leaps and bounds over the past few years, there are few things you can do to improve your low-light or telephoto images more than mounting your camera on a tripod. But many tripods are heavy and bulky, making them inconvenient to bring along on longer hikes or when traveling by air. That's where the humble travel tripod comes to the rescue.

In this review we compare the following travel tripods:

  • MeFoto BackPacker S - $159.95 list / ~$120 street
  • Manfrotto BeFree Advanced - $324.99 list / ~$280 street
  • Peak Design Travel Tripod - $599.95 list / ~$600 street
  • Gitzo Traveler Series 1 - $1014.99 list / ~$600 street

Travel tripods are available across a very wide price range, from consumer models that cost not much more than $100 to professional-grade ones that can run into the high hundreds of dollars or more. But is it worth spending that extra cash, and can you expect a significantly better experience from a more expensive tripod? To find out, we rounded up a selection of name-brand carbon-fiber travel tripods spanning the pricing gamut for an in-depth, side-by-side comparison.

In many respects, all four tripods have a lot in common. They all come with quick-release plates that you can leave attached to your camera for quicker setup, for example. And they all have reversible center columns which also let you shoot straight downwards, something that can be handy for macro shooting in particular.

They also share locks and/or safety pins to help prevent your camera accidentally being disconnected, and sandbag hooks either at the end of the center column or on the side of the spider, from which you can hang some weight for extra stability. (Just remember to include this weight along with that of your chosen camera and lens when determining your required payload!)

In this review, we'll focus mostly on how these four tripods differ from each other, and their advantages and disadvantages in real-world shooting. Read on to find out how they performed, and which was our favorite.

  • 1 Introduction
  • 2 MeFoto BackPacker S
  • 3 Manfrotto BeFree Advanced
  • 4 Peak Design Travel Tripod
  • 5 Gitzo Traveler Series 1
  • 6 Conclusion

I know this is two years old article but... Gitzo is an etalon of tripod legs stiffness. Now I have the Gitzo 1545T that has excellent legs stiffness. But I also have an old Velbon EL Carmagne 540 and its stiffness is basically the same. Gitzo is more compact but the weight is almost same. Please do not compare Velbon El Carmagne series tripods with Velbon tripods from the Walmart. These are absolutely different "animals".

Nice review! My company producing photographic equipment including differnt types of tripods. How to contact you about cooperation? Thank you.

We have more than 16 years' OEM&ODM experience for many well-known brands.

The PD Travel Tripod would have been a truly great tripod if it had had just four leg sections instead of five. It's light, compact, ergonomically very good and stiff. Stiff, until you pull out the fifth leg sections, that is. Then it becomes flimsy and that is a pity for such a great product. I love mine nevertheless, but if a four section version became available, I would gladly accept the extra pack length and trade it in.

Craig from Nevada

This is a decent selection of tripods. Very mainstream brands, other than Peak Design.

I would like to see DPReview build on this article by reviewing some other brands--Leophoto or FLM for example. Let's find out if some of these smaller makers are producing better tripods.

A folded diameter of 1cm for Traveler seems a bit low :)

What a waste. Any budget? How about including a $75 Slik Sprint? Sirui and Benro make some nice tripods that would fit into prices between the ones listed too.

I carry a Benro Slim CF, mostly because my local shop had one open box for $100 and I needed one. I was actually going to buy the Mefoto BackPacker, but the price on the Benro was too good to pass up & it felt a bit sturdier.

mfinley

What I'd really like to see is a shoot out between two well known and TALENTED photographers both using a $600 travel tripod and a $40 travel tripod. My prediction would be that there would be no difference in the results.

Then let's really quantify the results based on making them have the choice of carrying around these tripods for 1 month and see how many times they left the $600 tripod at home.

Certainly no difference if studio and flash lightening.

Mark Banas

Hmm... well known and TALENTED photographers generally (hopefully!) make a decent living from their photography and therefore invest in gear that gets the job done and only has to be bought once. So, they'd already have the $600 (or $1200) travel tripod and might say "if you can afford one, buy this brand then stop shopping and start shooting." No $40 tripod would be bothered with.

Of course, we should all be expected to make the best use of whatever we have available, even a $40 tripod. Will it be enjoyable (or profitable)?

With my Element Big Traveller Manfrotton made an effort to comply with current trends by having an ARCA head plate. But the plate screw heads protruded by about 2mm so you cannot slide camera on like my other equipment – has to be fully open to drop it in vertically. While Manfrotto’s response was disappointing my solution, not available to most, was to get a friend with a lathe to machine down screw heads so they were flush. Also I can only fit it into supplied bag if you reverse the ball head which is very tedious. Suppose it was to get the headline overall length down.

I have to say that I was a bit surprised when I purcahased one of the MeFoto tripods. For what you pay, they're actually quite good and in some cases, only slightly cheaper than the crap you find at places like BestBuy and WalMart (the Sunpack or Platinum branded ones for example).

I also like my Sirui A1205 CF tripod I got for about $200. Although it does have the double-column, it still a good travel tripod, quite light for hiking/carrying around, and sturdy (you do have to really lock down the columns to make sure it's steady, but it's not bad for $200).

I'd say if you're on a budget the aluminum tripods from MeFoto are quite good for the money. I had a RoadTrip aluminum as my primary travel tripod for years. Upgraded to the Sirui last year because I wanted CF. Thinking of getting a really small MeFoto tripod for urbexing....

I have had only 2 tripods for over 60 years of amateur work. They cost no where near that. I replaced the last one when some how the camera mounting screw fell out and could not be replaced. I never used a quick mounting plate. My new one, with a brAnd name Kodak, seems great, nice and stable, light and easy to carry. But, it can be used only with the quick release mount. Seems it wouldn't be a problem, but I just tried to mount my 35 mm F mount lens with FTZ onto my Nikon Z50 and found I had to remove the rapid release, the mount blocked the FTZ, which has its own tripod mount female. A minor nuisance, but a nuisanse any way.

@Mike Tomkins "Much flimsier than the other travel tripods in this review"

How was this tested and what impact does this have to picture taking?

Gustavo Taliano

I bought a Benro IT25 last year, had several good reviews. Have not used it in the real wild, but it works ok for my casual use.

Nice and useful in travel

"Four travel tripods for every budget" with 2 of them @ $600.00 LOL

How about "4 travel tripods under $100"?

I'll look at the guy's pictures who is carrying around a beat up, duct taped, cheap tripod before some gear head, no talent poser with a $600 'travel' tripod. Creating compelling images has little to do with spending ridiculous amounts of money for a tripod that folds down to 17 inches instead of 21.

Oh and one more thing Mike Tomkins you're based in Tennesee and your readers are 97% based in the USA. What is CM? Your tape measure is really metric? Really?

The sooner the USA comes across to the metric system, the better off you will be. 2020 is a good time to learn.

When a country using the metric system walks on the moon, I'll consider it.

Going by China’s progress you have 4 years. Based on what I know of the USA you should have started considering it about 6 years ago.

You don't seem to realise that most technical and scientific fields, especially NASA, do all their primary work in metric? Sometimes, to present to the great unwashed American public, it might require translation back into that archaic imprecise, error-prone Imperial measure. Photog sensor pixels, like silicon IC, are measured in nanometers not millionths of an inch or whatever. Micrograms, nanograms, picograms etc. Even scifi has advanced more than the 'real' America. I don't know about the very first series but Star Trek TNG went metric, as has every movie. I can't remember Kubrick's 2001 but Arthur C. Clarke would have advised him that the future, especially in space, was metric. Finally, even Imperial measures are now officially/legally defined in metric terms (for the same reason metric was invented--it's the only way to do it accurately and reproducibly) so in a very real-world sense, every American measure is metric, just laboriously converted to an arcane clumsy proxy.

"You don't seem to realise that most technical and scientific fields, especially NASA, do all their primary work in metric?"

Who said I don't realize that? What's that got to do with a website who's readers are 97% from the USA using the metric system? Makes about as much sense as him publishing the article in German.

mfinley: "Makes about as much sense as him publishing the article in German."

That only makes sense if NASA scientists use German (of course in the early days several crucial ones did, but being Germans they also spoke impeccable English). NASA actually speaks metric. Any and every American with a technical education or vocation speaks metric. What you show is that while your experts who put those men on the moon speak in the sole modern 'language' of science, the American public are stuck with baby (and babel) speech. As I said, even Star Trek does! So yes, it is good and appropriate that technical magazines--even populist ones like DPR--use the primary 'language' 100% used in this technical speciality. Instead of pretending it is otherwise. But then 40% of Americans are anti-vaxxers so what can be done with such people? It's just another 'mileage' marker on your route to a failed state.

Antivaxers? what are you going on about? NASA scientists? Technicians? Star Trek? This is an article about tripods not splitting the atom.

mfinley "This is an article about tripods not splitting the atom."

Then why did you bring up the moon landing? Answer: because you thought scientific sophistication and achievement was somehow done using Imperial measures, but as I pointed out, that is quite untrue, eg. by NASA. Remember their $100m accident that was due to a utterly unnecessary conversion between the two? (Someone inadvertently applied the non-metric data and the thing blew up.) You can deny it all you like but the reality is that the world is metric, including almost all American scientific and technical activity. Instead of fighting it, why don't you try training yourself in the universal language of science? (I think Thomas Friedman has the answer to that: "as dumb as we wanna be".)

"{You can deny it all you like but the reality is that the world is metric, including almost all American scientific and technical activity. Instead of fighting it, why don't you try training yourself in the universal language of science? "

Who cares what the rest of the world is using? You do understand that " "The rest of the world" doesn't read DPRreview don't you?

Why do you assume I don't know the metric system? We learned the metric system here in the 1980s it was taught in all the schools. This is the USA we did not choose to adopt it just as we didn't choose to adopt French as the national language.

So again, why do you publish an article using the metric system where 97% of the audience doesn't use the metric system? Why not publish it in Swahili too, that makes just about as much sense.

Americans sometimes get confused and think the world revolves around them. The reality is that the 97% statistic is wrong, and this site is global (after starting out in a metric country). The USA doesn't even have a national language, can you start on that after you go Metric?

Only two countries use the US system, Liberia and the USA, this is around 400M, the other 7.1Billion do not understand the concept of inches or miles.

Metric is the logical choice for all progressive countries.

mfinley: Why not publish it in Swahili too, that makes just about as much sense.

That would be true if 97% of the world spoke Swahili. It's funny logic because it you who is trying to justify using archaic measures which the vast majority of the world abandoned a century ago. You are the Swahili speakers! Also, how do you explain adopting a metric currency system?

Are you re-tarded or something? Who cares is 97% of the world uses the metric system? 97% or the readers of this website DON'T. Hard-headed, in denial or just butt hurt that as usual the world revolves around everything the USA does.

Let me guess, you or someone in your family own blue jeans, wear Nike shoes, you use I-tunes, owns an I-phone, wear clothing with US company logos on it, somebody in your family drives a Ford, search the internet using Google, use email, watch movies made in Hollywood, listen to music made by celebrities in the US, can name more people in American politics than I can, you drink Coca-Cola, somebody in your family has eaten at McDonalds this month.... in other words, the majority of your life or people in our family's lives, what you do on a daily basis revolves around what the USA makes, or sells or puts out in the world, but you want to pretend you are aloof? Funny,funny stuff in your pretend reality.

Remember how it works - we lead, you follow.

Oh I forgot, let's add - you've likely ordered something from Amazon and have a Netflix subscription.

Mfinley, and after your little rant....... you are still too insecure to accept Metric.

Thanks for playing along.

Yes that is it, I'm insecure to accept it. That's what the butcher said to me when I ordered 200grams of cheese, he said what the hell is a gram? I tried to explain it but he didn't want to go buy another scale just for me. When the cop pulled me over and said I was going 15 miles per hour over the speed I said that can't be right, can you give that to me in kilometers over the speed limit? He said no, this is America we use imperial miles. Same thing when I went to the hardware store and told them I needed 4.6 meters of rope, they said something wierd like we sell rope in feet and inches. I asked them to sell it to me in meters but they said I would have to come back in a few years after they ordered a metric tape measure.

But yes, you're so right, I live in a non-metric country but it's correct to say I'm insecure because I don't use the metric system while the rest of the population uses Imperial, that makes so much sense. That really cleared things up for me thanks

Mfinley, you’re still struggling, ill try to help.

Your LOCAL, butcher, Police and Hardware are suitably isolated from the world outside your State and National borders, this means they can operate outside of the metric system without confusing anyone locally (thankfully).

Dpreview is an INTERNATIONAL website, it makes little sense to impose a system that only two countries in the world use. The other 193 countries would get confused.

Almost all camera equipment is produced in metric speaking countries,

What imperial focal lengths are your lenses measured in? What’s the flange distance of your favorite camera in inches? What diameter is the front element on your favorite lens in inches? What size is your camera sensor size in inches?

Even RRS understand the need to speak metric.

If this is hard, you may not want to look at what size the tyres/tires are on your car?

I thought we were done already, but you go ahead, be special and have the last word....

So silly. International? Statistically nope.

DPRreview.com stats 94.7% North America 8.93M page view Avg. Visit Duration 3:44 Pages per Visit 4.61 Top Referring Sites: feedly.com15.06% my.yahoo.com9.03% amazon.com4.77% juzaphoto.com4.58% digicame-info.com4.20% 99.98% Organic search 0.02% Paid Top 5 Organic keywords dpreview4.63% sony a7c0.41% camera comparison0.33% nikon z6 ii0.33% dp review0.32%

mais51

Australia bite the bullet and adopted the Metric System progressively from 1966 and the road signs were converted in 1974 resulting in a marginal increased in speed limit 60 MPH became 100 KPH. I was going through University then and we had to deal with imperial units to metric units conversions such as Psi to kPa half way through my engineering bachelor degree !!!

I have three main criteria for a travel tripod. It must be less than 14.5" (36.8cm) so that I can carry it inside one of my camera bags (typically the Lowepro Mini Trekker). WIth or without the head attached. It must be light, and thus carbon fiber. And if it comes with a head, it must be Arca compatible.

The reason it must fit within the camera bag is simple; I don't want to accidentally hit someone with a tripod attached to the outside of my bag. Yes, sometimes I am in the country and I don't have to worry. But sometimes I am in the city, and I do have to worry.

It must be light, of course, so carbon fiber is a must.

And it must be Arca, because I have custom Arca base plates on all of my cameras and on the tripod supports of the longer lenses.

And so I personally have two options: a Sirui T-025x for ultra portable use, and a Promaster T525P with Acratech head (the head is carried separately). I usually use the Promaster.

By the cheapest that works for you. It's like buying a cane.

Greg7579

That may be true if you are on a very tight budget and have to have a tripod right now. But I have been through my share of cheap tripods. I finally said to heck with it and got a RRS. That or Gitzo or FLM....

They sell $150 hammers to pound nails. It isn't so much being on a tight budget, it's just that I don't use a hammer enough to warrant the price.

Then you are a smart person. You would be not smart to spend 1400 bucks on a RRS tripod and head if you don't shoot with a tripod a lot. I shoot with a tripod a lot....

K&F Concept tripod is more than enough for most people.

What.... I just saw this.... Big mistake DPR. Rare for you. What are you thinking? You said for any budget. Plus you included the Gitzo so that opens it up for RRS and the best travel tripod in the world (by far) is the Really Right Stuff TFC-14 Mark II. It has been the best for many years and in 2018 they came out with the second version of it. The BH-30 LR ball head goes with this it and has the quick lever release. And no travel tripod should ever have a center column! I don't care how tall you are. When you travel, you bend down a little if you have to. That is one of the sacrifices to get compact and light stability. Center columns are a huge no-go, especially for light travel tripods. Greg Johnson San Antonio, Texas https://www.flickr.com/photos/139148982@N02/albums

@Greg7579 "And no travel tripod should ever have a center column!"

Why? The center column can come in very handy in some situations, especially for a short travel tripod. One does not need absolute stability in every situation and even then, no tripod actually provides this.

Tsai, I have been a photographer for a long time and I must say I totally disagree with you. Center columns on a travel tripod is a rookie mistake for so many reasons.

Like what, vibration? Yaw? Bragging rights? RARELY a problem, even with my $15 Walmart hand cranked center column tripod, which I bought as a disposable during a trip but ended up bringing home. Would be nice to tote my geared head and center column tripod for pixel shifted hi-res images but that 40lb beast is married to my 8x10 "Green Monster". It pretty much stays at home.

"One does not need absolute stability in every situation and even then, no tripod actually provides this."

Good argument. I use a tripod also just because it helps me with the composition and not because I have to keep the camera steady. Here stability is obviously not a requirement. But most of the time a tripod is used, it is fair to assume that stability is a requirement.

Having said that, I can see that a geared, self-locking center column makes a lot of sense on a studio tripod which never leaves the photo studio. Set the tripod base low and use the geared & self-locking center column to select the desired height. Some weight is here advantageous because the tripod then doesn’t topple easily. Somewhat also true for a solid (heavy) field tripod, for example, when used for field work with a large (heavy!) large format camera. But after reading The Center Column's results regarding center columns effect of stability (link https://bit.ly/3nKPCMo) I agree that a truly lightweight tripod should not have a center column. Somewhat is a catch-22 situation: if truly lightweight enough then the center column is too unstable, if heavy enough that the center column is stable, then it's not lightweight enough!

$1000 for a tripod are you friggin smoking crack?

Thats small change for a Leica owner

SupremeWideAngle

I just got the Novoflex TrioBalance Q6/9, I think that it is the best and most versatile you can get for your money, I was very lucky to find it, because unfortunally it is no longer in production ? Though Novoflex still have it in a picture on their homepage, the one to the left in the upper photo here... https://www.novoflex.de/en/products-637/camera-support-systems/triopod.html I can see it is still listed in some photoshop dealers... https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1298133-REG/novoflex_riobal_o_6_8_tripod_base_with_integrated.html

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YUJJgIU6a9M&list=PLokEyThO0pfPurpmzdFrCq246amUmF9L0&index=179

The Center Column has the Manfrotto ranking as one of the worst travel tripods. They use stiffness as one of the basis for their scoring and the BeFree Advanced has one of the poorest stiffness ratings which means potentially lots of vibration. That would be the one travel tripod I would stay from.

Very interesting reading though the comments and many personal recommendations.

IMO, one big factor many commenters fail to consider in their personal recommendations is that the tallness of the user plays a big role. A short person might be perfectly happy with a short and hence lightweight tripod - which most travel tripods are - while a tall person might need much more height for a comfortable working height.

I am 6'5" and really need at least 70" maximum height in a tripod. Quite challenging to find a "travel" tripod that is reasonable stable and is 70" plus in height!

The Manfrotto is the best. Only 4cm folded :)

For me the folded size is the most important. I can live with extra 100-200 grams but i want my tripod to fit in a small backpack when traveling.

Wiel

Too bad you didn’t review a Leophoto tripod. The Ranger tripods are very high quality for a good price.

Why repost an old review as new?

I like this one for longer hikes, Rollei compact traveler no 1 carbon, lightweight and only 97 Euros.

https://www.rollei.com/collections/reisestative/products/carbon-stativ-compact-traveler-no-1

got off brand carbon fiber Q888C travel tripod for $140. old bogen 3028/3221 is used otherwise, couldnt be happier with both. sirui also make great tripods.

It's worth noting that you can easily address the lack of pano panning on the Peak Design head without replacing it entirely...

A panning clamp (eg Sunwayfoto DDH-05 or 07) can be clipped in on the fly atop the existing PD head, not only would this be cheaper (~$50) and add less bulk than a whole new head, but it would have some advantages over the panning function of most standard heads. Namely it'll let you use the existing head for leveling before panning via the added clamp.

I still wish PD had an alternate/larger head with this built in, but this solution has been very satisfactory for me and I'd easily take it over most heads with panning on the bottom... On my previous Sirui legs (T-1205X) I was using a small Sunway head (XB-28 II) which had a tiny panning clamp (even smaller than their DDH series) built into the head's ARCA clamp atop the stem.

I think RRS has a bunch of broad patents on pano clamps and that's why designs like that aren't more common.

I have 3 Tripods, an Innorel RT80C for when I need really steady, a Viking something or other for modest walking/hiking with my canon 5d's, and a Benro for when I travel light with my 2 canon m's ( infrared and normal). The most expensive was my Innorel at around € 140 and it's a beast, and they're all carbon fibre. Why not have a roundup of the cheap end of the market whether it be travel Tripods or big buggers?

ArtistAndCamera

Isn't this just a repost of an earlier article? And what about 3 Legged Thing? The Winston and Patti Tripods are my favorites, are lower cost than some of these options, and offer a lot of reliability, performance, and value.

SafariBob

Sirui - by far best value for money

Some ODM products are actually very decent, I paid a bit over $100 for a Fotopro X-4CE, which is actually just a slight upgrade to an Amazon brand tripod, but IIRC it's the lightest carbon fiber tripod on the market at 760g, and the build is solid.

One thing in the Peak Design's favour, which I don't think was mentioned: the extremely short minimum distance between camera platform and tripod shoulder point, which is the most stable point on any tripod. The more distance there is between the lens and this point, the more any vibrations are magnified. The other tripods (especially the Gitzo and MePhoto) with supplied heads are quite poor in this regard, effectively forcing the photographer to use a minimum extension of what looks like around 16cm. Tripods are important tools for many of us, so I'm glad that DPR did this review - I'd appreciate more on this area. I get a bit sick of reading about AF tracking and video specs, which are of zero importance for me, while important tools like tripods are covered very sparsely.

That’s why I have repeatedly commented and lobbied for technical tests by DPR. They have done them in the past. You may be right about shoulder point but another deficiency like Peaks unique head might be a problem. You just won’t know till you use objective scientific based testing.

Kenneth Arthur Owen

Thanks for the comparisons. I'm lugging around a GT5542LS because when I need a tripod it must be a rock solid support that gets a viewfinder up to my eye. I have a far lighter (and far cheaper) Manfrotto 190 that, for various reasons, is left collecting dust under the stairs. If the Traveler Series 1 really is solid with no cost-cutting fiddly bits that break/fall off, I'd give it a go when my pack mule dies.

I think the table on the first page is wrong - it says the Gitzo is 1cm when folded - I very much doubt that.

Got a Cullman Carvao 816 TC. Useful for light(er) gear only.

ah we all get a prize..,

The Gitzo 0545t or 1555T could have been a good competitor in this field. Lighter than the 1545T but not as high max. Sturdy as well though.

82DMC12

Yup I have a GT1555 and a RRS BH25 ballhead. Excellent travel tripod and it fits sideways in a carry-on suitcase.

The Gitzo is really 42.5 x 1 cm ??? 1 cm?

Manfrotto BeFree Advanced Manfrotto.com | $324.99 (~$280 street)

No major retailer is selling this at "street" right now. Hmm.

I mean the GK-100-T

David610

Whilst I have a 40-year-old Manfrotto tripod for work near the car boot (trunk), I have a Vesta 203AP for long hikes. It cost next to nothing (it paid for free parking at the mall). It is really sturdy and comes with a compact head and sets up in seconds.

https://www.vanguardworld.com/products/vesta-203ap

beavertown

Manfrotto tripods have always been the best looking and most creative.

Hubertus Bigend

How come this months-old article turns up again?

My comment: Slik Sprint Mini III, $80, 33.5 x 8 x 8 cm, 860 g.

Personally I have and use the even more compact version I which, unfortunately, isn't made anymore. Wouldn't want to carry anything heavier when travelling.

Barney Britton

Because we're repromoting some of the useful content published earlier in the year as we get close to the end of the month and things start to slow down.

Candor appreciated. I look forward to technical testing of tripods in the future.

@Barney Britton: Nothing to say against per se. With the surreptitious way in which you do it, not even a hint that it's a rehash except if someone would actually look at the date, you're fooling people into thinking they were seeing new stuff. Bad style for a journalistic product. Something one might perhaps expect from those mirror sites the makers of which can hardly write a proper English sentence, but not a serious site like dpreview.

Sorry if this has caused any confusion. The fact that it's a previously-published piece of content is clearly mentioned on the homepage, and the publication date is the first piece of information after the headline.

We're not a 'mirror site', as you know. And periodically re-surfacing group tests / roundups is something we've done for years. We only do it with 'evergreen' content that might otherwise be hard to find for casual site visitors.

First, sorry if this came across less nice than it should have been. And there's no need to be sorry except for your own reputation among readers who care about such things, or who are misled to comment on an old article as if it was a new one. My own "confusion" was limited, and my post was for your sake, not for mine.

You think it's ok because you've been doing it for years? Are you aware of the fact that there are other ways to reach your content than starting with your homepage, one of them being your own RSS feed? Can't remember when it was the last time I intentionally brought up your homepage. If I had to follow all my news channels by going through their home pages, I'd need to stop following most of them. And people don't look at the publishing date of an article on the top of the list to make sure it's not yesterday's news. Don't want to boast, but when someone who has been an internet professional for 25 years is fooled by this, I guess some others will be, too.

Barney, if it is a republication, then why didn't you learn from me and include the best travel tripod in the world (by far - not even close)? Didn't I tell you guys that last time and you said it was too expensive? But now you included the expensive Gitzo! That opens up the review for the best tripod in the world.... RRS. Come on....

You mean the new $1,400 Ascend-14? You'll be happy to know that I'm working on a writeup of that right now...

Barney, I didn't even know about that new tripod! Wow, just looked at it. I don't know much about it except the advert. But it has some kind of integrated head? I don't like that it has a center column. But worth a look and it is super compact and strong. Anyway, I was talking about the old tried and true great travel tripod Really Right Stuff TFC 14 with BH-30 ball head. I also have the TFC 24 with BH-40 ball head, but that is for more at home.

Yeah it's pretty fun, very full-featured. I'm hoping to have something written up soon.

Obviously the FLM CP38-L5 II is my choice of travel tripod. Obviously it is a much heavier and larger tripod than what the 'travel' category is defined of. Let me share my reasoning. Travel means to get to a place where one will probably never go again. Maybe few more occasions. So the relative chance of creating a reasonably good photograph is already thin. Why would any sane person lower that chance by using suboptimal tool when she/he travels/hikes to those exotic locations? How big is the weight gain? 1.5 kgs maybe? There are so many other ways to shave off that weight from a backpack...

"moTmeN" Never heard of FLM before reading your comment. Took a look at their website and ordered the FLM CP30-L4 II right away. With tripod head, maximum height is 70" plus without having to use a center column.

Completely agree with your reasoning why a suboptimal tripod won't do it.

Yxa

The folded dimensions of the Gitzo are impressive! 42.5 x 1 cm

https://thecentercolumn.com/rankings/travel-tripod-rankings/ a more scientific approach to measuring the charactersitics of tripod (and heads)

Travel tripod reviews + no folded dimension = fail

and 'inch'? Nobody in photo uses that anymore.

Luddhi

dan_darkroom Just a quibble of course—as basically I agree , but not quite nobody. There are 1 inch sensors

I did a ton of research, read a ton of reviews and finally went with the Sirui ET-2204 Carbon Fiber Tripod with K-20 Ball Head. Yeah, it's over 1kg but if you plan to use a FF and long Tele on your travels, not having your camera do a face plant with your uber light travel pod should be high on the priority list. This thing just feels rock solid when setup, it has a hook to hang a weight or you bag on to stabilize it, and isn't bad at all to carry. That and the price is hard to beat for what you get. I wanted flip locks and carbon, light but able to carry a FF and heavy Tele. This was the best bang for the buck I found.

If you are going to hike with a M43 or APSC and short primes or wide's, I suppose some of the lighter pods might be worth considering, but I'm feeling like a tripod still has to be stable to be worth carrying, especially for long exposures, otherwise I might as well just rely on the IBIS and leave the tripods at home... or just carry a mono pod.

Can recommend the Cullmann Mundo 522TC, if you want something really light and compact without spending a fortune.

These are ridiculous tripods. Expensive and made from carbon fibre and all still manage to be well over a kilo. If you are travelling and you are not weight sensitive, get something decently sturdy and accept that it will weight nearer 2 kilos. But if you're really travelling, anything over 1kg is just bogging you down. If you can afford the weight and you want something practical, take extra water instead.

BillyBobSenna

Sunpak makes some very nice tripods for under $30. My guess is you couldn't see the difference in the resulting photos.

I have a handful of tripods, MSRP from $70 to $200, and all of them are annoying to use in one way or another, but the $70 tripod is the worst from a photographic standpoint - flexible legs and undersized ballhead mean that anytime even a moderately sized lens is put on the front - say, my 450g Olympus 14-54 lens - the camera sags, ruining my framing. Not worth using with a telephoto at all. The reverse folding tripod is finicky and surprisingly heavy, and my carbon fiber tripod is light, but is significantly longer than the other two (without being much taller when extended).

If I traveled with a tripod on a regular basis (or got paid for my photography), I'd love to have something like the Peak or the Gitzo - and having experienced cheap and mid priced tripods, I'm betting they'll make up their cost in fewer headaches and annoyances.

You can't tell the difference in the resulting photos -- because the person with the $30 Sunpak will never get them because they're wrestling with their tripod, or it's misaligned, or the lens has drooped, or whatever. It's not a matter of image quality -- it's "do you get the shot or not?"

I bought one of these cheapie tripods when I was on the road from a small town Wal-Mart in a "better something than nothing" moment, after my Arca-Swiss plate went missing and I couldn't find a replacement, and carried it for a couple of miles through Badlands.

It was a *nightmare* to wrestle with -- three times the size and bulk of my other one, yet a third as stable. Once I started shooting nightscapes it was a royal pain to get set up -- if I had to work quickly I'd have missed shots.

I don't have an expensive tripod -- but those $30 Sunpak plasticy tripods are awful. My g/f uses the MeFoto in this article: it's fine (holds her 300/2.8 in a pinch!), and a huge step up from a Wal-Mart tripod.

BBS - You clearly haven't tried to mount a professional DSLR and a 100-400mm lens on a $30.00 Tripod! Not gonna work, no way no how.

If you buy a cheap tripod, you buy twice. Been there done that.

You can get a remarkably good picture with a cheap lens -- like a $25 pawn shop nifty fifty.

You can get a remarkably good picture with a cheap tripod.

A cheap lens can be friendly to work with.

A cheap tripod makes you want to throw it off of a cliff.

This is conclusion of every review of photographic equipment ever written:

"size and load-bearing capabilities come at a cost, because it's also the heaviest in the group, and the largest once folded"

You can substitute any terms you want; aperture, weight, length, battery life, resolution, expected lifespan, cost, bit depth, repair service, fps.... but the result is always the same. Yet it's always surprising how many people object to this simple equation. As more states in the US legalize marijuana I expect more photographic consumers to cut their ties with reality.

entoman

Haha - you should try reading Laura Kuenssberg's political analyses on the BBC. The grand mistress of the closing caveat.

I. usually enjoy discovering new writers but a look at her bio indicates she’s yet another high born parasite and a ranking member of BBC royalty, the most odious kind of media hypocrite. She pretends to report on the leering, greasy-chinned viscounts and the remorseless, sociopathic billionaires of England’s ruling class while never letting on that they’re her friends and neighbors.

I'll go for the rock solid stability. That's the whole point of a tripod or else why even bother.

You may also like

Latest sample galleries.

most compact travel tripod

Latest in-depth reviews

Fujifilm X100VI review

The Fujifilm X100VI is the sixth iteration of Fujifilm's classically-styled large sensor compact. A 40MP X-Trans sensor, in-body stabilization and 6.2K video are the major updates, but do they make the camera better?

Panasonic Lumix DC-S5II review

The Panasonic Lumix S5II launched the second generation of Panasonic’s full-frame mirrorless camera system and was the first Panasonic to feature phase detect autofocus. As our review reveals, it’s a heck of an all-around camera for both still and video shooters.

Panasonic Lumix DC-G9 II review

The latest Lumix puts a Four Thirds sensor in a full-frame body with boosted AF and a wealth of stills and video capabilities to create a Swiss Army Knife of a Micro Four Thirds camera.

Leica SL3 initial review

The fourth camera in Leica's SL series of full-frame mirrorless cameras sees the 60MP BSI sensor from the Q3 and M11 models arrive with a significant interface redesign.

Nikon Zf review: updated with video reel and impressions

The Nikon Zf is a 24MP full-frame mirrorless camera with classic looks that brings significant improvements to Nikon's mid-price cameras. We just shot a sample reel to get a better feel for its video features and have added our impressions to the review.

Latest buying guides

The best cameras around $2000

What’s the best camera for around $2000? This price point gives you access to some of the most all-round capable cameras available. Excellent image quality, powerful autofocus and great looking video are the least you can expect. We've picked the models that really stand out.

New: 7 Best cameras for travel

What's the best camera for travel? Good travel cameras should be small, versatile, and offer good image quality. In this buying guide we've rounded-up several great cameras for travel and recommended the best.

The 7 Best compact zoom cameras

If you want a compact camera that produces great quality photos without the hassle of changing lenses, there are plenty of choices available for every budget. Read on to find out which portable enthusiast compacts are our favorites.

7 Best mirrorless cameras

'What's the best mirrorless camera?' We're glad you asked.

6 Best high-end cameras

Above $2500 cameras tend to become increasingly specialized, making it difficult to select a 'best' option. We case our eye over the options costing more than $2500 but less than $4000, to find the best all-rounder.

Nikon's Nikkor Z 600mm F6.3 VR S is a lightweight super telephoto

Updates from Fujifilm, Nikon, Sony and Panasonic help expand their cameras' capabilities.

We want to see your best bird photos: DPReview Editors' Challenge

In honor of World Migratory Bird Day, we want to see your best bird photos. It's going to get stork raving mad, but moving with no egrets to present your im-peck-able best would be eggcellent.

Fujifilm X100VI review

We paired the Viltrox AF 40mm F2.5 with a Nikon Z7 and took photos from rain-soaked Seattle to the high desert of central Oregon. Check out our sample gallery to see how this inexpensive lens performed.

Question of the week: If you could update one camera from the past, what would it be?

Every week, we ask newsletter subscribers a question about gear, creativity or life. This week we looked back in time to ponder which classic cameras are overdue for a comeback.

Peakto Search for Lightroom Classic: Using AI to search the contents of your photos

Peakto Search, a new plug-in for Lightroom Classic on macOS, uses AI tech to index your photos so you can perform searches across one or more catalogs using descriptive text prompts or visual similarity to other images.

A nature photography tour of Madagascar, part 2: The Red Tsingy

In part two of his photography tour of Madagascar, landscape photographer Erez Marom introduces us to the visually stunning Red Tsingy.

Viltrox announces AF 40mm F2.5 Z, a full-frame autofocus prime lens for Z-mount

The small, lightweight prime lens features internal focusing and EXIF communication with Nikon Z-mount cameras. (Includes sample gallery.)

7Artisans announces AF50mm F1.8 for Nikon Z mount

7Artisans has revealed a full-frame autofocus 50mm F1.8 lens for Nikon's Z mount. It will be available soon at a price of $228.

7Artisans launches $130 APS-C 27mm F2.8 for Sony E mount

7Artisans has announced a $130 27mm F2.8 autofocus lens for Sony APS-C E-mount cameras.

Most significant cameras and lenses of the last 25 years, according to the manufacturers

For our twenty-fifth anniversary, we asked camera and lens makers what they believe to be the most significant products of the past quarter century.

Fujifilm X100VI added to studio scene

40MP sensor shows lots of detail, with its lens delivering good levels of sharpness at our standard F5.6 test aperture.

iOS app mood.camera aims to recreate the experience of shooting film

mood.camera is a new iOS camera app that aims to emulate film photography by offering 14 'film stock' filters, but which, like film, only shows you the results after you take a photo. We found it to be surprisingly fun.

Sigma announces six APS-C lenses for Canon RF mount

Sigma has announced it will be offering six of its DC DN APS-C lenses for Canon's RF mount, making it one of the first third-party manufacturers to sell RF lenses under license.

Tamron developing 11-20mm F2.8 Di III-A RXD for Canon RF mount

Tamron has announced it's developing a version of its 11-20mm F2.8 Di III-A RXD fast wide-angle zoom for Canon RF mount APS-C cameras.

Moment T-series review: premium build quality but limited image gains

Moment's T-series lenses are well-built, offering the look and feel of a premium product. But with high-end smartphone cameras getting so good, can they still up your photo game? We decided to find out.

Cloud companies may lease your images for AI learning; what can you do about it?

Popular photo sharing service Photobucket recently revealed that the 13 billion images it hosts online could be used to train AI models. We explain what changes made this possible and suggest some cloud storage alternatives to keep your data private.

Ricoh’s big bet on a film renaissance: We interview the team behind the upcoming Pentax film camera

A few weeks ago in Japan, we had the opportunity to interview the team at Ricoh behind the new Pentax film camera that's expected to arrive later this year. Find out why the designers settled on a half-frame design that favors a vertical format, what inspired the optics, and the added complexity of including a manual film-winding mechanism.

TTArtisan releases AF 56mm F1.8 lens for Fujifilm and Sony APS-C cameras

TTArtisan has released a 56mm F1.8 autofocus lens for Sony and Fujifilm APS-C cameras, targeting portrait photographers looking for a budget third-party option.

Review recap: What we put to the test in 2024 (so far)

We're almost a third of the way through the year already! Here's a recap of the reviews and testing we've done this year so far, with more (and more and more) to come as the year goes on!

Behind the scenes, contests and more exclusive extras in the DPReview Newsletter

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter and discover a world of DPReview beyond the website.

7Artisans releases 50mm F1.4 Tilt lens

7Artisans has released a new 50mm F1.4 Tilt lens, available for Sony and Fujifilm APS-C cameras, as well as Panasonic and Olympus Micro Four Thirds cameras.

Fujifilm US opens raffle to purchase Limited Edition X100VI

Fujifilm US's free-to-enter raffle is now open, offering the chance to purchase a Limited Edition X100VI.

Blackmagic Design announces Pyxis modular full-frame video camera

Blackmagic Designs has announced the Pyxis, a $3000, 6K full-frame (36 x 24mm) modular video camera. It will be available with PL, locking Canon EF or Leica L mounts.

A load of old pixel shift. Why I just don't care for high-res modes

Who wouldn't want to use the IS mechanism they've paid for to squeeze a bit more resolution our of their camera? People like Richard Butler, who question the effort/reward balance they offer.

Sony FE 16-25mm F2.8 G sample gallery

We took the Sony FE 16-25mm F2.8 G to the streets of Seattle. And then to the library when the rain robbed us of sunshine.

Sony adds FE 16-25mm F2.8 G compact fast wide-angle to lineup

Sony has announced the FE 16-25mm F2.8 G, a compact, fast wide-angle lens designed to complement its recent 24-50mm F2.8.

Blackmagic Design announces Ursa Cine 12K, teases 17K version

The Blackmagic Ursa Cine 12K is available now, starting at $14,995.

Full-frame Foveon sensor "still at design stage" says Sigma CEO, "but I'm still passionate"

"We have not made any significant progress since last year, " says Sigma owner and CEO Kazuto Yamaki, when asked about the planned full-frame Foveon camera. But he still believes in the project and discussed with us what such a camera could still offer.

World's largest camera: 3.1 gigapixels for epic timelapse panos of the universe

The Legacy Survey of Space and Time camera recently completed by the US Department of Energy's SLAC National Accelerator Laboratory risks making your camera setup seem inadequate.

  • Gear Patrol
  • Work for us
  • Advertise with us
  • Feedback / Contact us
  • Camera reviews
  • Lens reviews
  • Printer reviews
  • Buying guides
  • Sample images
  • Editorial enquiries
  • Camera search
  • Camera comparison
  • Lens search
  • Product timeline
  • Browse all products
  • Community Guidelines
  • My Settings
  • My GearList
  • South Africa
  • Turkmenistan
  • South Korea
  • Philippines
  • Timor Leste
  • Afghanistan
  • Saudi Arabia
  • United Arab Emirates
  • Northern Ireland
  • Isle Of Man
  • Bosnia and Herzegovina
  • North Macedonia
  • Liechtenstein
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • Czech Republic
  • Antigua And Barbuda
  • British Virgin Islands
  • Cayman Islands
  • Dominican Republic
  • Puerto Rico
  • Saint Barthelemy
  • Saint Kitts and Nevis
  • Saint Lucia
  • Saint Martin & Sint Maarten
  • Trinidad And Tobago
  • Turks And Caicos
  • US Virgin Islands
  • Falkland Islands
  • French Guiana
  • El Salvador
  • United States
  • New Zealand
  • Papua New Guinea
  • Cook Islands
  • French Polynesia
  • Accessories
  • Bags & Backpacks
  • Horseback Riding
  • Photography
  • Maintenance
  • Airport Hotels
  • Bed & Breakfast
  • Budget Hotels
  • Business Hotels
  • Family Friendly Hotels
  • Gay Friendly Hotels
  • Luxury Hotels
  • Pet Friendly Hotels
  • Pool Hotels
  • Romantic Hotels

13 Best Compact Tripods for Travel

  • Travel Gear
  • 13 Best Compact Tripods for…

13 Best Compact Tripods for Travel

Compact tripods for travel are a great investment if you’re really serious about photography. By using a decent compact tripod for travel, you’re guaranteed to have both stable and quality pictures. Plus, you don’t have to sacrifice too much valuable space in your luggage. In this article, we’ve curated some of the best compact tripods for cameras around. And that includes the popular compact tripods for DSLR cameras. So if you don’t have a clue as to which one to get, stay tuned, because our list will give you lots of great inspiration!

How to Choose The Best Compact Tripods for Travel

Just like we said at the beginning, compact tripods for travel will really come in handy for the photography enthusiast or professional. Despite its packable size, a compact tripod for travel should hold your camera steady on any type of surface. This way, you can get a satisfyingly stable shot wherever you are.

But to achieve that, you need to make some serious considerations. You see, compact tripods for cameras are available in a variety of models and sizes. Sometimes, you have to make some compromises. Knowing which things to compromise/not will make a huge difference in your photography experience. So, here are three factors to think about when choosing compact tripods for DSLR cameras or other photography equipment.

Folding Size

A compact tripod for travel is meant to be practical and portable. It should fold easily and won’t take up much space in your luggage. So, make sure you think about the folding size before deciding to buy one. See if the tripod will fit in your backpack or suitcase. Make sure it won’t force you to give up other essentials like clothes, toiletries, and more.

Despite their relatively small size, compact tripods for cameras are supposed to be sturdy. Remember, you might plan on using them to take slow-speed shots. So, the tripod needs to be strong and stable enough to withstand the weight of your camera for a few minutes or even hours. For this, we recommend getting products made from carbon. While slightly more expensive, they generally offer much better sturdiness.

When looking for compact tripods for DSLR cameras, see if the product is good enough for your money. You need to really know why you should spend 200 or 300 bucks just for a single tripod. If you’re on a tight budget, don’t hesitate to look at more affordable alternatives. But if money isn’t an issue, you need to check whether the tripod has any additional features that add value.

And speaking of budget, we have some really affordable alternatives for your photography needs here. Check out our list of the 13 best travel cameras and find some of the greatest products with impressive features around!

What is a Compact Tripod?

A compact tripod is basically a mini tripod that’s ultra-light and can be folded down to a small size. That way, you can easily pack it into a regular bag and carry it around. However, compact tripods are generally more flimsy and shorter than their full-size counterparts.

And speaking of easy transport, this might be the perfect time to invest in a specific bag. Check out our list of the 13 best camera backpacks for hiking . There you’ll find some of the finest products to carry your precious camera through those trails.

Are Mini Tripods Worth It?

Due to their mini size, compact tripods aren’t ideal for heavier photography kits. But if you’re into smartphone photography or just want to take some quick footage using a mirrorless camera, they’ll be perfect. Just make sure you get a mini tripod with sturdy legs and quality clamps.

How Heavy Should a Travel Tripod be?

We’re not too sure there’s a standard for this. But based on our experience, the average compact tripod for travel weighs no more than 4lbs. But of course, this is completely relative. If you have more space to work with, feel free to bring a larger tripod.

Adonit Photogrip

Smartphone photography is becoming more and more popular among travelers. If you’re one of them, then this mini tripod is for you. As the name implies, Adonit Photogrip features a spring-loaded grip to hold your smartphone securely. If you look at the bottom, there’s a small socket compatible with almost all compact tripods. It’s also suitable with the included mini tripod.

Another thing that makes Adonit Photogrip popular among other compact tripods for travel is its versatility. When not in use, you can fold the legs and use it as a fully functional camera grip. Plus, there’s a Bluetooth shutter, so you can execute your favorite shots from a distance.

What We Love

A compact tripod for smartphone photography enthusiasts

  • One-hand operation
  • Shutter remote
  • Self-standing mode
  • Not recommended for larger phones

Check Price & Info

most compact travel tripod

Manfrotto PIXI Evo

It’s no exaggeration to say that the Manfrotto PIXI Evo is one of the best compact tripods for cameras money can buy. It’s compact, packable, and approachable. The setup process is fast and seamless. All you need to do is push the legs out and you’ll be good to go. Push them back inside and you’ll get yourself a solid camera grip.

The Manfrotto PIXI Evo is an improved version of the original PIXI. For the Evo model, Manfrotto added two extra leg angles. Both will be perfect when you want to do low-angle shots. Another thing to love about this compact tripod for travel is its compatibility. The construction is designed to be able to hold not only modern-day cell phones but also compact cameras and small DSLRs.

And speaking of cameras, are any of you planning on going on some water adventures in the near future? If so, you might want to check out our list of the 13 best waterproof cameras under 200 . Not only affordable but these cameras are also designed to deliver the best pictures even when operated in wet environments.

It has two additional leg angles, perfect for low-angle shots

  • Adjustable legs and angles
  • Built-in ball head
  • Compatible with smartphones and DSLR
  • Supports up to 5.5lbs
  • Not recommended for use with large lenses

3 Legged Thing Legends Jay

What 3 Legged Thing Jay is trying to do is bring out the best of both worlds. Just like other compact tripods for DSLR cameras, it has strong legs, decent enough for still photography. But if you look closely, this thing has a leveling base. This feature will really come in handy when you want to do panning shots. We can quickly see why Thing Jay has become quite popular among travel vloggers.

Just as you would expect, this device is absolutely compact. Furthermore, you also get a handle screw for better control. As for the price, the 3 Legged Thing Jay is a bit on the pricier side. But considering all the extra features you get, this is a compact tripod for travel that’s definitely worth checking out.

Boasts a leveling base, saves you a lot of time when it comes to setting up panning shots

  • Quick set-up leveling base system
  • Detachable legs
  • Raise O-Pads
  • 5-year global warranty
  • It’s a little expensive

Gitzo GT1545T Series 1

When budget isn’t an issue, do yourself a favor and get a premium product like the Gitzo GT1545T Series 1. This beautiful thing has excellent build quality and an uncomplicated operating mechanism. There are four section legs for any kind of shot. Furthermore, the GT1545T Series 1 is among the compact tripods for travel that feature an excellent ball head.

The only thing stopping this product from becoming the most popular compact tripod for travel is its price point. A brand new unit will cost you no less than 600 bucks, shipping isn’t included. For a smaller amount of money, you can easily find plenty of equally good alternatives out there. But if you don’t mind spending a lot, the Gitzo GT1545T Series 1 is a gorgeous product that would be nice to have.

Excellent ball head, four section legs for various shot needs

  • Supports up to 22lbs
  • Compatible with lenses up to 200mm
  • Carbon legs
  • Traveler G-Lock technology
  • It might cost you some fortune

Vanguard VEO 2 Go

Ultra-packable is the best word to describe the Vanguard VEO 2 Go . Unlike other compact tripods for cameras, this thing can’t go really high. But on the brighter side, you can fold it so that it becomes so compact. Small enough to fit in a shoulder bag! Furthermore, the entire package weighs just under a kilogram, making the Vanguard VEO 2 Go one of the lightest compact tripods for DSLR cameras on this list.

The fact that the center column is fixed when in the extended position might worry you a bit. But from what we read, there wasn’t a single user complaining about wobble or anything. Of course, this tripod won’t be as stable as its full-size counterpart. But if you need something compact and practical, then this is it!

Can be folded so small to fit in a shoulder bag

  • Compact size
  • Uncomplicated set-up
  • 4 section aluminum legs
  • Fixed center column

Manfrotto Element Traveler

This isn’t the only time we’ve been impressed with the Manfrotto product catalog. They always seem to have something for everyone. The Manfrotto Element Traveler Big is no exception. It’s available in a variety of sizes and colors, suitable for all kinds of needs and preferences. The model you’re looking at now has a folding size of around 42 cm and an 8kg load rating.

Judging from the price point, we’re quite surprised to learn that the Manfrotto Element Traveler Big has quite a lot of extra features. Build quality is excellent, while the ball head has its own panning lock. Other than that, most users love how this tripod seems unaffected by vibrations. If you’re looking for compact tripods for DSLR cameras and don’t plan on reaching deep in your pocket, then the Manfrotto Element Traveler Big is your best bet.

Impressive build quality, with a fantastic ball head

  • Designed for traveling
  • Holds equipment as heavy axle 17.6lb
  • Telescopic center column
  • Carbon fiber legs
  • No friction adjuster

Joby RangePod Smart

Choosing compact tripods for travel is something that should not be taken lightly, especially when you’re a vlogger or professional content creator. Using the right tripod will save a lot of time in the production process. Particularly when you want to set up a variety of different shots. The Joby RangePod Smart is a reliable tripod for this kind of job.

In addition to being small, this compact tripod for travel comes with a phone clamp. It can be mounted vertically or horizontally, so you can quickly move from YouTube video production to shorter content for Instagram stories or TikTok. And thanks to its quick-release Arca-Swiss plate, the Joby RangePod Smart is also fully compatible with smaller DSLR or mirrorless cameras. You can even use medium-sized lenses since this product has a payload rating of up to 8kg.

Traveling with your kids? Then this might be the right moment to introduce them to the exciting world of photography. Check out our list of the 13 best underwater cameras for kids . Let your little ones capture some of the best landscapes they’ll ever see beneath the surface of the ocean!

A great reliable tripod for professional content creators

  • Easy to set up
  • Come with a phone clamp
  • Arca-Swiss quick release plate
  • Travel size
  • The carrying bag included is of poor quality

Benro Rhino

Benro Rhino is a new series of compact tripods for cameras from the manufacturer. The model we’re currently featuring is the smallest, measuring only about 35cm long when folded. However, that doesn’t mean this tripod lacks features. First of all, it boasts of Benro’s impressive VX ball heads. Other than that, the pan axis under the camera plate is just perfect.

However, we did note some shortcomings here. Compared to a full-sized tripod, the Benro Rhino can’t go that high. Apart from that, you’ll notice that it gets a little wobbly when the two center column sections are used. Regardless, both issues are normal with compact tripods for DSLR cameras. If you can live with that, the Benro Rhino would be a nice piece of equipment to have.

Travel-sized tripod with impressive ball heads and pan axis

  • Reverse folding design
  • Extremely portable
  • Automatic leg angle adjustment
  • Converts to a full-size monopod
  • It takes some time to set up

3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0

The 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 is a compact tripod for travel that can do a lot of remarkable things. In folded form, this holder is only 35 cm long. But when fully retracted, you get a stable stand that goes up to 146cm. Apart from that, this fantastic tripod has an impressive payload rating of up to 30kg.

But it doesn’t stop there. The 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 also comes with a detachable monopod leg. You can easily use it as a boom for your camera or microphone. Need to use some extra accessories? There’s a Tri-Mount system for that! Compared to other compact tripods for travel, this product may not be the smallest or cheapest. But when it comes to versatility, this is one of the best options you can get.

Impressive tripod with great versatility

  • Ultra-compact
  • Suitable for mirrorless cameras
  • 3 detachable legs
  • There are too many clamps

Manfrotto Befree 3-Way 

Compact tripods for cameras with dual functionality are becoming more and more popular these days. Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live is one of them. It’s basically a compact-sized tripod that’s also great for taking videos. There’s a fluid head with a hydraulic damping system for smooth and easy camera movement. Apart from that, the overall construction is only about 2kg in weight and can hold 6kg worth of equipment.

Design-wise, Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live could’ve been better. We find that a simple task like changing the battery can be a hassle with this thing. However, this is by no means a massive deal-breaker. Functionally, this is one of the most impressive compact tripods for DSLR cameras around. A brand new unit will only cost you around 270 bucks.

Great compact-sized tripod for taking videos

  • High-performance
  • Dedicated plate for maximum camera stability
  • 3-way fluid head
  • Foldable handles
  • It can’t go really high

Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is the first from the manufacturer. Nevertheless, we think they did a great job with this early attempt. The model we’re currently reviewing is made of carbon fiber. But if you want to cut the cost down, they have an aluminum version too. You’ll get basically the same compact tripod for travel, only with less resistance to vibration.

Apart from that, the Peak Design Travel Tripod measures only 39cm in folded form. We also love the fact that it adopts a ‘zero volume’ design. This means the stand will be quite slim in its compact form, leaving almost no space between the legs and the column. If you don’t have much room left in your trunk or backpack, the Peak Design is one of the many compact tripods for travel worth considering.

While we’re on the topic of photography, did you know that some cameras are designed for a specific purpose? For example, you can check out our list of the 13 best cameras for hunting videos . They’ll allow you to record all hunting processes in 4K glory!

Adopts ‘dead volume’ design, giving you a space-efficient compact tripod

  • Packs down to the diameter of a water bottle
  • Unique design for quicker, easier setup
  • 20lb weight capacity
  • Built-in mobile mount
  • The carbon version is more expensive than other similar products

Benro GoPlus Travel

The Benro GoPlus is everything you’d expect from a compact tripod for travel. It has a slim folded shape and can go quite high. Furthermore, there’s a pivoting center column, which allows you to execute some pretty shots from various angles. Unlike most compact tripods for cameras, the Benro GoPlus comes with extra rubber feet and spikes. For easy transport, a soft case is included.

Overall, the Benro GoPlus is a pretty decent tripod. Especially if you’re serious about photography. It may not be as compact as some of the other offerings on the market, but you’ll get a lot more from this. Plus, the tripod can be easily converted into a fully-working monopod. All you need to do is remove one leg and you’ll be good to go.

A great tripod for serious photography

  • Aluminum/magnesium material
  • 180-degree center column
  • Quick leg lock system
  • Integrated monopod
  • It’s not as compact as its competitors

Sinrui T-025SK

There aren’t many companies that specialize in making compact travel tripod cameras and Sirui is one of them. Looking at their official page, we could tell right away that we’re in the right place. One of their newest offerings, the Sirui T-025SK , is an ultra-light and slim stand. It’s designed to support small cameras, such as mirrorless cameras or ‘mini DSLRs’.

Furthermore, this product has a 2-section removable center column. This allows you to have shooting angles as low as 3.1 inches, something you rarely find in any compact tripod for travel. Apart from that, the twist-lock leg design is simply approachable. We’re also impressed by the outstanding build quality. We really recommend checking this one out if you can.

An ultra light and slim stand, perfect for smaller DSLR cameras and mirrorless cameras

  • Made of carbon with ball head
  • Small pack size
  • An extendable and removable central column
  • 5kg load capacity
  • No integrated monopod

Author:  Emma Landa

I'm a traveler with a thirst for adventure and a passion for style. From the runways of Paris to the boutiques of Milan, I've traveled the world in search of the most glamorous and exclusive fashion experiences. I love nothing more than indulging in the latest designer collections and discovering hidden gems in the world of fashion. I've explored the streets of Tokyo, discovering unique and avant-garde styles that are pushing the boundaries of fashion. And in New York, I've attended the most exclusive fashion shows, rubbing shoulders with the industry's elite. But fashion isn't the only thing that I indulge in. I've also stayed in some of the most luxurious hotels and properties around the world. From the stunning resorts in Bali to the opulent villas in Tuscany, I know how to travel in style and comfort. Sharing my experiences and insights with others is something that I'm passionate about. Through my social media channels, I offer a glimpse into the world of luxury fashion and travel, inspiring others to explore the world of high-end fashion and indulge in the finer things in life. So, come along with me on my journey and let me show you the world of luxury fashion and travel like you've never seen it before!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

You must be logged in to post a comment.

most compact travel tripod

  • Electronics
  • Camera & Photo
  • Tripods & Monopods
  • Complete Tripods

Add to your order

most compact travel tripod

  • No Additional Cost: You pay nothing for repairs – parts, labor, and shipping included.
  • Coverage: Plan starts on the date of purchase. Drops, spills and cracked screens due to normal use are covered from day one. Malfunctions are covered after the manufacturer’s warranty. Real experts are available 24/7 to help with set-up, connectivity issues, troubleshooting and much more.
  • Easy Claims Process: File a claim anytime online or by phone. Most claims approved within minutes. If we can’t repair it, we’ll send you an Amazon e-gift card for the purchase price of your covered product or replace it.
  • Product Eligibility: Plan must be purchased with a product or within 30 days of the product purchase. Pre-existing conditions are not covered.
  • Terms & Details: More information about this protection plan is available within the “Product guides and documents” section. Simply click “User Guide” for more info. Terms & Conditions will be available in Your Orders on Amazon. Asurion will also email your plan confirmation with Terms & Conditions to the address associated with your Amazon account within 24 hours of purchase.
  • Buy a lot of stuff on Amazon? Tons of items eligible for coverage, from the latest tech like laptops, game consoles, and TVs, to major appliances, sporting goods, tools, toys, mattresses, personal care, furniture, and more.
  • Accidents happen. That’s why for your portable products we cover accidental damage from handling such as drops, spills and cracked screens. We also cover electrical and mechanical malfunctions, power surges, and wear and tear.
  • Past and future purchases covered. 30 days after you are enrolled, all eligible past purchases (up to 1 year prior to enrollment) and future eligible purchases made on Amazon will be covered by your plan as long as you are enrolled.
  • Fast, easy claims. Frustration-free claims, with most filed in minutes. We will fix it, replace it, or reimburse you with an Amazon e-gift card for the purchase price of your product (excluding tax). File at Asurion.com/amazon.
  • No hidden fees. For just $16.99 a month + tax you’re covered for up to $5,000 in claims per 12-month period. *THIS PROGRAM IS MONTH-TO-MONTH AND WILL CONTINUE UNTIL CANCELED* Coverage for all products ends 30 days after the plan is canceled. Cancel any time.

Amazon prime logo

Enjoy fast, free delivery, exclusive deals, and award-winning movies & TV shows with Prime Try Prime and start saving today with fast, free delivery

Amazon Prime includes:

Fast, FREE Delivery is available to Prime members. To join, select "Try Amazon Prime and start saving today with Fast, FREE Delivery" below the Add to Cart button.

  • Cardmembers earn 5% Back at Amazon.com with a Prime Credit Card.
  • Unlimited Free Two-Day Delivery
  • Streaming of thousands of movies and TV shows with limited ads on Prime Video.
  • A Kindle book to borrow for free each month - with no due dates
  • Listen to over 2 million songs and hundreds of playlists
  • Unlimited photo storage with anywhere access

Important:  Your credit card will NOT be charged when you start your free trial or if you cancel during the trial period. If you're happy with Amazon Prime, do nothing. At the end of the free trial, your membership will automatically upgrade to a monthly membership.

Buy new: #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-whole { font-size: 28px !important; } #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-fraction, #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-symbol { top: -0.75em; font-size: 13px; } $379.95 $ 379 . 95 FREE delivery Wednesday, May 8 Ships from: Amazon Sold by: Peak Design

Return this item for free.

Free returns are available for the shipping address you chose. You can return the item for any reason in new and unused condition: no shipping charges

  • Go to your orders and start the return
  • Select the return method

2 Year Camera Protection Plan

3 year camera protection plan, asurion complete protect: one plan covers all eligible past and future purchases on amazon, save with used - good #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventpriceaccordiont2 .a-price-whole { font-size: 28px important; } #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventpriceaccordiont2 .a-price-fraction, #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventpriceaccordiont2 .a-price-symbol { top: -0.75em; font-size: 13px; } $349.99 $ 349 . 99 $7.95 delivery may 8 - 10 ships from: ritzcamera sold by: ritzcamera.

most compact travel tripod

Image Unavailable

Peak Design Travel Tripod (5 Section Aluminum Camera Tripod)

  • To view this video download Flash Player

Peak Design Travel Tripod (5 Section Aluminum Camera Tripod)

Purchase options and add-ons, about this item.

  • The Travel Tripod brings you pro-level stability, load capacity, and deployed height, yet packs down to the diameter of a water bottle.
  • Unique design allows quicker, easier setup/takedown. Secure, fast, and ergonomic camera quick release. Fast-locking, low profile leg cams.
  • 20lb weight capacity (optimized for a full-frame DSLR + telephoto lens). Low and inverted modes position your camera inches off the ground
. Integrated load hanging hook
. Nonslip, shock-absorbing feet
.
  • Built-in and stowable mobile mount. Securely grips any phone/case
.
  • Weather and impact-resistant materials. All parts are serviceable, cleanable, and replaceable. Includes a padded, weatherproof case. Guaranteed for life.

Additional Details

most compact travel tripod

Consider a similar item

most compact travel tripod

Frequently bought together

Peak Design Travel Tripod (5 Section Aluminum Camera Tripod)

Similar items that may deliver to you quickly

Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber) Ultra-Portable, Stable and Compact Professional Camera Tripod

Top Brand: Peak Design

From the brand.

Hero

We are Peak Design

Our carry solutions help creatives, commuters, and adventurers keep their gear accessible, organized, and protected.

pic1

Everyday Line V2

Everyday style, extraordinary design. We made these bags for creators, commuters, and explorers alike.

Peak Design Everyday Backpack V2 20L Black, Camera Bag, Laptop Backpack with Tablet Sleeves (BEDB...

Everyday Bags V2

Visit the Store

Camera Gear

Camera Gear

Keep your photo and video gear organized, protected, and instantly accessible during your workflow.

Peak Design SL-BK-3 Slide, Camera Strap, Black

Mobile Ecosystem

Connect your phone to a massive ecosystem of mounts and accessories.

Peak Design Mobile Everyday Case Compatible with iPhone 15 - Charcoal Gray

Mobile by Peak Design

pic2

Radical products ; Radical Company. We design beautiful, industry-shifting products that last a lifetime, and we’re hell-bent on leaving this world better than we found it. No investors, no venture capital, nobody telling us how fast to grow. Our ultimate goal? Be happy.

Product Description

Peak Design PD Logo

LIGHTNING-FAST DEPLOYMENT

  • Unique design allows quicker, easier setup/takedown.
  • Secure, fast, and ergonomic camera quick release.
  • Fast-locking, low profile leg cams.
  • Legs deploy in seconds, without having to flip over like traditional travel tripod legs.

Omni directional head

ERGONOMIC BALL HEAD

  • Ultra-smooth, omnidirectional Compact Ball Head.
  • One single adjustment ring. No bulky or confusing knobs
.
  • Simple locking ring for total security.

L Bracket compatible and arca swiss plates

PRO-LEVEL STABILITY & FEATURES

  • 20lb weight capacity (optimized for a full-frame DSLR + telephoto lens).
  • Stability and vibration damping performance comparable, if not better, than most tripods in its class.
  • Low and inverted modes position your camera inches off the ground
.
  • Integrated load hanging hook
.

No protruding knobs

ONLY THOUGHTFUL DETAILS

  • Anchor attachment points for carrying with Peak Design straps (sold separately).
  • Built-in and stowable mobile mount.
  • No protruding knobs.

Lighting-fast

Ergonomic Ballhead

Pro-Level Features

Thoughtful Details

Whats included

(Please note that the Bushing Removal Tool is supplied in a small, initially hard to find, internal pocket of the Weatherproof Soft Case.)

Specs and Dimensions

Compare with similar items

Videos for this product.

Video Widget Card

Click to play video

Video Widget Video Title Section

Watch before buying! - Overview

Spence Riley Amazon Shop

most compact travel tripod

Customer Review: DONT BUY!!

Derek Molle

most compact travel tripod

Why this Travel Tripod beats Other Travel Tripods

Posh Reviews, Unboxings, & More!

most compact travel tripod

ULTIMATE Travel Tripod & 2 Year Review: Peak Design Tripod

✅ Kevin Recommends

most compact travel tripod

Honest Review Of Peak Design Tripod After 6 Months Of Use

The Brambila's

most compact travel tripod

Looking for specific info?

What's in the box, product information, customer reviews.

Customer Reviews, including Product Star Ratings help customers to learn more about the product and decide whether it is the right product for them.

To calculate the overall star rating and percentage breakdown by star, we don’t use a simple average. Instead, our system considers things like how recent a review is and if the reviewer bought the item on Amazon. It also analyzed reviews to verify trustworthiness.

Customers say

Customers like the durability, size and appearance of the camera tripod. For example, they mention it's a very solid product, compact enough and pretty. That said, opinions are mixed on performance, value and weight.

AI-generated from the text of customer reviews

Customers like the durability of the camera tripod. They say it's a very solid product, of good quality, and functional. They also say the attachment to the head is very secure, and the whole thing is impressive.

"...it is expensive --but it is one of the most thoughtful, compact, well-constructed , stable, and confidence inspiring tripods, with an advantage “in..." Read more

"...And feels good to use !I'm confident I'll have this thing for quite a while. Great to travel with, easy to set up, great build quality...." Read more

"...The whole thing is very impressive . It feels and looks worth the money. The weight doesn’t bother me much...." Read more

"...it is not the very lightest out there, the functionality, and build quality make it the best thing I found...." Read more

Customers like the size of the camera tripod. They say it's light and compact enough that it fits great on their camera bag. They also love the size and weight of the tripod. Some mention that it'll fit within the water pockets of their backpack.

"...Still in search of the perfect tripod. With low cost, low weight, compact for hiking , easy deployment, tall enough for near eye level work, and..." Read more

"I like how compact it gets — Wowzers! I also like the stowaway cell phone holder too. The whole thing is very impressive...." Read more

"...It is short enough to fit into any of my backpacks or shoulder bags...." Read more

"...I love the way it folds into a small cylindrical shape that makes it very convenient to pack. It is steady ,sturdy and well built...." Read more

Customers find the tripod easy to set up and use on the go. They say it's excellent for backpacking and a great addition to any camera gear.

"...What it is is a portable , sturdy, thoughtfully-designed system using an incredibly convenient quick release system usable with other Peak Design..." Read more

"This is almost the perfect travel tripod . I love the way it folds into a small cylindrical shape that makes it very convenient to pack...." Read more

" Great portable tripod …very well designed with adjustable leg tension makes it solid in spite of it’s size...." Read more

"...it's lightweight and compact enough to be excellent for backpacking , and indeed I've used it in that capacity a number of times...." Read more

Customers find the tripod easy to use. They say it's quick to set up, has a delightfully easy to operate ball mount, and is intuitive. They also say it has s great design for quick deployment, and the lever locks mean the legs can be quickly deployed.

"...With low cost, low weight, compact for hiking, easy deployment , tall enough for near eye level work, and sturdy enough for a heavier setup...." Read more

"...It's quick to set up , has a delightfully easy to use ball mount allowing for free rotation in all three directions, supports flipping the center..." Read more

"...This PD model is surprisingly sturdy. The legs are fast to deploy and the leg clamps are not only good, they are adjustable so they will not just..." Read more

"...Twist to unlock, the camera pop in, twist to lock, a very easy and secure operation , the best I have used. Twist to raise the center column...." Read more

Customers are satisfied with the appearance of the camera tripod. They mention that it has a brilliant design, is pretty, and convenient. Some say that the tight tolerances and satisfying design have additional value. Overall, most are happy with the product's appearance.

"...lightest among them, and it is expensive --but it is one of the most thoughtful , compact, well-constructed, stable, and confidence inspiring tripods..." Read more

"...What it is is a portable, sturdy, thoughtfully-designed system using an incredibly convenient quick release system usable with other Peak Design..." Read more

"...This is where peak design shines. It is all about convenient design . Popping the leges out are quick...." Read more

"...They've thoughtfully designed a rare , solid backpacking tripod option--except exercising that option will likely break the tripod...." Read more

Customers are mixed about the weight of the camera tripod. Some mention it's low weight, compact for hiking, easy deployment, and light enough to be a travel tripod. However, others say it'd be better if it was made of reinforced nylon and not plastic.

"...Still in search of the perfect tripod. With low cost, low weight , compact for hiking, easy deployment, tall enough for near eye level work, and..." Read more

"...Folded, it's quite compact, though it's not the lightest tripod I've encountered. (I have the aluminum model, not the carbon fiber.)..." Read more

"...the way it folds into a small cylindrical shape that makes it very convenient to pack . It is steady ,sturdy and well built...." Read more

"...This is so much lighter and easier to deal with while still offering a very steady base!..." Read more

Customers have mixed opinions about the value of the camera tripod. Some say it's worth the hefty price tag, while others say it feels like an 80 dollar tripod.

"...The PD aluminum tripod is not the lightest among them, and it is expensive --but it is one of the most thoughtful, compact, well-constructed, stable..." Read more

"...The whole thing is very impressive. It feels and looks worth the money . The weight doesn’t bother me much...." Read more

"Let's be real: this thing is not cheap , it's not a Manfrotto, it's not the most fully-featured...." Read more

"... Not the cheapest , but I think it's worth it - and it'll probably last forever...." Read more

Customers are mixed about the performance of the camera tripod. Some mention it works great, easy to use, and they love the functionality. The ball head works well for them, and it's perfectly good for every-day use. However, others say that it completely unusable, not the most fully-featured, and the leg extension locks failed in a very short period of time.

"...The ball head works well for me . The tightening mech on the ball works as expected, even with a Sony a7r-IV with a heavy Sony 200-600mm zoom...." Read more

"...real: this thing is not cheap, it's not a Manfrotto, it's not the most fully-featured ...." Read more

"...Found this and although it is not the very lightest out there, the functionality , and build quality make it the best thing I found...." Read more

"...camera back on required two hands twisting and turning two levers, very stupid when you are holding a camera among rocks and trying to get it..." Read more

Reviews with images

Customer Image

  • Sort reviews by Top reviews Most recent Top reviews

Top reviews from the United States

There was a problem filtering reviews right now. please try again later..

most compact travel tripod

Top reviews from other countries

most compact travel tripod

  • Amazon Newsletter
  • About Amazon
  • Accessibility
  • Sustainability
  • Press Center
  • Investor Relations
  • Amazon Devices
  • Amazon Science
  • Sell on Amazon
  • Sell apps on Amazon
  • Supply to Amazon
  • Protect & Build Your Brand
  • Become an Affiliate
  • Become a Delivery Driver
  • Start a Package Delivery Business
  • Advertise Your Products
  • Self-Publish with Us
  • Become an Amazon Hub Partner
  • › See More Ways to Make Money
  • Amazon Visa
  • Amazon Store Card
  • Amazon Secured Card
  • Amazon Business Card
  • Shop with Points
  • Credit Card Marketplace
  • Reload Your Balance
  • Amazon Currency Converter
  • Your Account
  • Your Orders
  • Shipping Rates & Policies
  • Amazon Prime
  • Returns & Replacements
  • Manage Your Content and Devices
  • Recalls and Product Safety Alerts
  • Conditions of Use
  • Privacy Notice
  • Consumer Health Data Privacy Disclosure
  • Your Ads Privacy Choices

Most Beautiful Metro Stations in Moscow

Most Beautiful Metro Stations in Moscow

Visiting Moscow? Get yourself a metro card and explore Moscow’s beautiful metro stations. Moscow’s world-famous metro system is efficient and a great way to get from A to B. But there is more to it; Soviet mosaic decorations, exuberant halls with chandeliers, colourful paintings and immense statues. Moscow’s metro is an attraction itself, so take half a day and dive into Moscow’s underground!

The best thing to do is to get on the brown circle (number 5) line since the most beautiful metro stations are situated on this line. The only exception is the metro stop Mayakovskaya one the green line (number 2). My suggestion is to get a map, mark these metro stops on there and hop on the metro. It helps to get an English > Russian map to better understand the names of the stops. At some of the metro stops, the microphone voice speaks Russian and English so it’s not difficult at all.

Another thing we found out, is that it’s worth taking the escalator and explore the other corridors to discover how beautiful the full station is.

Quick hotel suggestion for Moscow is the amazing Brick Design Hotel .

These are my favourite metro stations in Moscow, in order of my personal preference:

1. Mayakovskaya Station

The metro station of Mayakovskaya looks like a ballroom! Wide arches, huge domes with lamps and mosaic works make your exit of the metro overwhelming. Look up and you will see the many colourful mosaics with typical Soviet pictures. Mayakovskaya is my personal favourite and is the only stop not on the brown line but on the green line.

most compact travel tripod

2. Komsomolskaya Station

Komsomolskaya metro station is famous for its yellow ceiling. An average museum is nothing compared to this stop. Splendour all over the place, black and gold, mosaic – again – and enormous chandeliers that made my lamp at home look like a toy.

most compact travel tripod

3. Novoslobodskaya Station

The pillars in the main hall of Novoslobodskaya metro station have the most colourful stained glass decorations. The golden arches and the golden mosaic with a naked lady holding a baby in front of the Soviet hammer and sickle, make the drama complete.

most compact travel tripod

4. Prospect Mira Station

The beautiful chandeliers and the lines in the ceiling, make Prospekt Mira an architectural masterpiece.

most compact travel tripod

5. Belorusskaya Station

Prestigious arches, octagonal shapes of Socialistic Soviet Republic mosaics. The eyecatcher of Belorusskaya metro station, however, is the enormous statue of three men with long coats, holding guns and a flag.

most compact travel tripod

6. Kiyevskaya Station

The metro station of Kiyevskaya is a bit more romantic than Belorusskaya and Prospect Mira. Beautiful paintings with classical decorations.

most compact travel tripod

7. Taganskaya Station

At the main hall Taganskaya metro station you will find triangle light blue and white decorations that are an ode to various Russians that – I assume – are important for Russian history and victory. There is no need to explore others halls of Taganskaya, this is it.

most compact travel tripod

8. Paveletskaya Station

Another and most definitely the less beautiful outrageous huge golden mosaic covers one of the walls of Paveletskaya. I would recommend taking the escalator to the exit upstairs to admire the turquoise dome and a painting of the St Basil’s Cathedral in a wooden frame.

most compact travel tripod

Travelling with Moscow’s metro is inexpensive. You can have a lot of joy for just a few Rubbles.

  • 1 single journey: RMB 50 – € 0,70
  • 1 day ticket: RMB 210 – € 2,95

Like to know about Moscow, travelling in Russia or the Transsiberian Train journey ? Read my other articles about Russia .

  •   161 Shares

You may also like

Hunting for the best coffee in irkutsk, amsterdam forest: a day trip for nature..., a romantic amalfi coast road trip itinerary, complete weekend city guide to maastricht, olkhon island: siberian sunsets over lake baikal, 8 great reasons to visit mongolia in..., trans-siberian railway travel guide, all you need to know for your..., food & drinks in moscow, why we love grünerløkka in oslo.

' src=

Wow! It is beautiful. I am still dreaming of Moscow one day.

' src=

It’s absolutely beautiful! Moscow is a great city trip destination and really surprised me in many ways.

' src=

My partner and I did a self guided Moscow Metro tour when we were there 2 years ago. So many breathtaking platforms…I highly recommend it! Most of my favorites were along the Brown 5 line, as well. I also loved Mayakovskaya, Arbatskaya, Aleksandrovski Sad and Ploshchad Revolyutsii. We’re heading back in a few weeks and plan to do Metro Tour-Part 2. We hope to see the #5 stations we missed before, as well as explore some of the Dark Blue #3 (Park Pobedy and Slavyansky Bul’var, for sure), Yellow #8 and Olive #10 platforms.

That’s exciting Julia! Curious to see your Metro Tour-Part 2 experience and the stations you discovered.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

  • Meet the Team
  • Work with Us
  • Czech Republic
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • Scandinavia
  • Philippines
  • South Korea
  • New Zealand
  • South Africa
  • Budget Travel
  • Work & Travel
  • The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
  • Travel Resources
  • How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Europe » Moscow

EPIC MOSCOW Itinerary! (2024)

Moscow is the heart of Mother Russia. Just the mention of this city conjures images of colorful bulbous pointed domes, crisp temperatures, and a uniquely original spirit!

Moscow has an incredibly turbulent history, a seemingly resilient culture, and a unique enchantment that pulls countless tourists to the city each year! Although the warmer months make exploring Moscow’s attractions more favorable, there’s just something about a fresh snowfall that only enhances the appearance of the city’s iconic sites!

If you’re a first-time visitor to Moscow, or simply wanting to see as much of the city as possible, this Moscow itinerary will help you do just that!

most compact travel tripod

Unlock Our GREATEST Travel Secrets!

Sign up for our newsletter and get the best travel tips delivered right to your inbox.

Best Time To Visit Moscow

Where to stay in moscow, moscow itinerary, day 1 itinerary in moscow, day 2 itinerary in moscow, day 3 and beyond, staying safe in moscow, day trips from moscow, faq on moscow itinerary.

Here is a quick look at the seasons so you can decide when to visit Moscow!

The summer months (June-August) are a great time to travel to Moscow to take advantage of the enjoyable mild temperatures. This is considered peak travel season. Bear in mind that hotel prices rise along with the temperatures!

when to visit moscow

If you’re planning a trip to Moscow during fall (September-November) try to plan for early fall. This way the temperatures will still be pleasant and winter won’t be threatening.

Russian winters (December-February) are not for the faint of heart as Napoleon learned to his peril. Some days the sun will be out for less than an hour, and snow is guaranteed. Although winters are exceptionally cold, this is when you’ll get a true glimpse of the Moscow experience!

The best time to visit Moscow is during spring  (March-May). The temperatures will begin to creep up and the sun begins to shine for significant portions of the day. Hotel rates will also have yet to skyrocket into peak ranges!

most compact travel tripod

With a Moscow City Pass , you can experience the best of Moscow at the CHEAPEST prices. Discounts, attractions, tickets, and even public transport are all standards in any good city pass – be sure invest now and save them $$$ when you arrive!

Moscow is a large city with many accommodation options to choose from. Staying in a location that fits with your travel plans will only enhance your Moscow itinerary. Here is a brief introduction to a few great areas of the city we recommend checking out!

The best place to stay in Moscow to be close to all the action is Kitay-Gorod. This charming neighborhood will put you within walking distance to Moscow’s famous Red Square, thus cutting down on travel time. This will allow you to see more of the city in a shorter amount of time!

where to stay in moscow

It’s surrounded by restaurants, cafes, bars, and shops. If you’re a first-time visitor to Moscow, or just planning a quick weekend in Moscow, then this area is perfect for you!

Another great area to consider is the Zamoskvorechye district. This area of the city offers a blend of new and old Moscow. It has an artsy vibe and there are plenty of fun sites you can explore outside of the main touristy areas of Moscow.

Of course, as in all areas of Moscow, it’s close to public transportation that will quickly connect you with the rest of the city and make your Moscow itinerary super accessible!

Best Airbnb in Moscow – Exclusive Apartment in Old Moscow

Exclusive Apartment in Old Moscow

Modern and cozy, this apartment is in the heart of Old Moscow. Bordering the Basmanny and Kitay-Gorod districts, this two-bedroom flat is walking distance to the Kremlin and Red Square. Safe, quiet, and comfortable, this is the best Airbnb in Moscow, no question!

Best Budget Hotel in Moscow – Izmailovo Alfa Hotel

moscow itinerary

The Izmailovo Alfa Hotel is a very highly rated accommodation that provides all the components necessary for a comfortable trip to Moscow. There is an on-site restaurant, bar, fitness center, and an airport shuttle service. The rooms are modern and spacious and are equipped with a TV, heating/air conditioning, minibar, and more!

Best Luxury Hotel in Moscow – Crowne Plaza Moscow World Trade Centre

moscow itinerary

If you’re touring Moscow in luxury, the Crowne Plaza Moscow World Trade Centre is the hotel for you! Elegantly furnished rooms are equipped with a minibar, flat-screen TV,  in-room safes, as well as tea and coffee making facilities! Bathrooms come with bathrobes, slippers, and free toiletries. There is also an onsite restaurant, bar, and fitness center.

Best Hostel in Moscow – Godzillas Hostel

moscow itinerary

Godzillas Hostel is located in the center of Moscow, just a short walk from all the major tourist attractions and the metro station. Guests will enjoy all the usual hostel perks such as self-catering facilities, 24-hour reception, Free Wi-Fi, and security lockers. This is one of the best hostels in Moscow and its wonderful social atmosphere and will make your vacation in Moscow extra special!

An important aspect of planning any trip is figuring out the transportation situation. You’re probably wondering how you’re going to get to all of your Moscow points of interest right? Luckily, this sprawling city has an excellent network of public transportation that will make traveling a breeze!

The underground metro system is the quickest and most efficient way to travel around Moscow. Most visitors rely exclusively on this super-efficient transportation system, which allows you to get to pretty much anywhere in the city! It’s also a great option if you’re planning a Moscow itinerary during the colder months, as you’ll be sheltered from the snow and freezing temperatures!

moscow itinerary

If you prefer above-ground transportation, buses, trams, and trolleybuses, run throughout the city and provide a rather comfortable alternative to the metro.

Moscow’s metro, buses, trams, and trolleybuses are all accessible with a ‘Troika’ card. This card can be topped up with any sum of money at a metro cash desk. The ticket is simple, convenient, and even refundable upon return to a cashier!

No matter which method you choose, you’ll never find yourself without an easy means of getting from point A to point B!

Red Square | Moscow Kremlin | Lenin’s Mausoleum | St. Basil’s Cathedral  | GUM Department Store

Spend the first day of your itinerary taking your own self guided Moscow walking tour around the historic Red Square! This is Moscow’s compact city center and every stop on this list is within easy walking distance to the next! Get ready to see all of the top Moscow landmarks!

Day 1 / Stop 1 – The Red Square

  • Why it’s awesome: The Red Square is the most recognizable area in Moscow, it has mesmerizing architecture and centuries worth of history attached to its name.
  • Cost: Free to walk around, individual attractions in the square have separate fees. 
  • Food nearby: Check out Bar BQ Cafe for friendly service and good food in a great location! The atmosphere is upbeat and they’re open 24/7!

The Red Square is Moscow’s historic fortress and the center of the Russian government. The origins of the square date back to the late 15th century, when Ivan the Great decided to expand the Kremlin to reflect Moscow’s growing power and prestige!

During the 20th century, the square became famous as the site for demonstrations designed to showcase Soviet strength. Visiting the Red Square today, you’ll find it teeming with tourists, who come to witness its magical architecture up close!

The Red Square

The square is the picture postcard of Russian tourism, so make sure to bring your camera when you visit! No matter the season, or the time of day, it’s delightfully photogenic! 

It’s also home to some of Russia’s most distinguishing and important landmarks, which we’ve made sure to include further down in this itinerary. It’s an important center of Russia’s cultural life and one of the top places to visit in Moscow!

In 1990, UNESCO designated Russia’s Red Square as a World Heritage site. Visiting this historic site is a true bucket-list event and essential addition to your itinerary for Moscow!

Day 1 / Stop 2 – The Moscow Kremlin

  • Why it’s awesome: The Moscow Kremlin complex includes several palaces and cathedrals and is surrounded by the Kremlin wall. It also houses the principal museum of Russia (the Kremlin Armory).
  • Cost: USD $15.00
  • Food nearby: Bosco Cafe is a charming place to grat a casual bite to eat. They have excellent coffee and wonderful views of the Red Square and the Moscow Kremlin!

The iconic Moscow Kremlin , also known as the Kremlin museum complex, sits on Borovitsky Hill, rising above the Moscow River. It is a fortified complex in the center of the city, overlooking several iconic buildings in the Red Square!

It’s the best known of the Russian Kremlins – citadels or fortress’ protecting and dominating a city. During the early decades of the Soviet era, the Kremlin was a private enclave where the state’s governing elite lived and worked.

The Kremlin is outlined by an irregularly shaped triangular wall that encloses an area of 68 acres! The existing walls and towers were built from 1485 to 1495. Inside the Kremlin museum complex, there are five palaces, four cathedrals, and the enclosing Kremlin Wall with Kremlin towers.

The Armoury Chamber is a part of the Grand Kremlin Palace’s complex and is one of the oldest museums of Moscow, established in 1851. It showcases Russian history and displays many cherished relics. Definitely make sure to check out this museum while you’re here!

The Moscow Kremlin

The churches inside the Moscow Kremlin are the Cathedral of the Dormition, Church of the Archangel, Church of the Annunciation, and the bell tower of Ivan Veliki (a church tower).

The five-domed Cathedral of the Dormition is considered the most famous. It was built from 1475–1479 by an Italian architect and has served as a wedding and coronation place for great princes, tsars, and emperors of Russia. Church services are given in the Kremlin’s numerous cathedrals on a regular basis.

The Grand Kremlin Palace was the former Tsar’s Moscow residence and today it serves as the official workplace of the President of the Russian Federation (Vladimir Putin seems to have bagged that title for life) .

Insider Tip: The Kremlin is closed every Thursday! Make sure to plan this stop on your Moscow itinerary for any other day of the week!

Day 1 / Stop 3 – Lenin’s Mausoleum

  • Why it’s awesome: The mausoleum displays the preserved body of Soviet leader Vladimir Lenin .
  • Cost: Free!
  • Food nearby: Khinkal’naya is a charming Georgian restaurant with vaulted ceilings and exposed brick. It’s a popular place with locals and right next to the Red Square!

Lenin’s Mausoleum, also known as Lenin’s Tomb, is the modernist mausoleum for the revolutionary leader Vladimir Lenin. It’s located within the Red Square and serves as the resting place for the Soviet leader! His preserved body has been on public display since shortly after his death in 1924.

It’s located just a few steps away from the Kremlin Wall and is one of the most controversial yet popular Moscow attractions!

Admission is free for everyone, you’ll only need to pay if you need to check a bag. Before visitors are allowed to enter the mausoleum, they have to go through a metal detector first. No metal objects, liquids, or large bags are allowed in the mausoleum!

Lenins Mausoleum

Expect a line to enter the building, and while you’re inside the building, you’ll be constantly moving in line with other visitors. This means you won’t be able to spend as long as you’d like viewing the mausoleum, but you’ll still be able to get a good look. Pictures and filming while inside the building are strictly prohibited, and security guards will stop you if they see you breaking this rule.

The mausoleum is only open on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Saturday – unless it’s a public holiday or a day scheduled for maintenance. The hours it’s open for each day are limited, make sure to check online before you visit to make sure you can fit this into your Moscow itinerary for that day!

Insider Tip: The Lenin’s Museum is there for people to pay their respect; remember to keep silent and move along quickly, it’s not intended for people to congregate around. Also, men are not allowed to wear hats and everyone must take their hands out of their pockets when inside the building.

Day 1 / Stop 4 – St. Basil’s Cathedral

  • Why it’s awesome: A dazzling designed cathedral that showcases Russia’s unique architecture. This cathedral is one of the most recognizable symbols of the country!
  • Cost: USD $8.00
  • Food nearby: Moskovskiy Chaynyy Klub is a cozy cafe serving food items and pipping hot tea; it’s the perfect place to go if you’re visiting Moscow during the winter months!

Located in the Red Square, the ornate 16th-century St. Basil’s Cathedral is probably the building you picture when you think of Moscow’s unique architecture. Its colorful onion-shaped domes tower over the Moscow skyline!

The cathedral was built from 1555-1561 by order of Tsar Ivan the Terrible. It was designed with an iconic onion dome facade and enchanting colors that captivate all who see it. Fun fact: If you’re wondering why Russian churches have onion domes, they are popularly believed to symbolize burning candles!

This iconic cathedral has become a symbol of Russia due to its distinguishing architecture and prominent position inside the Red Square. It’s one of the most beautiful, wonderful, and mesmerizing historical cathedrals in the world!

St. Basils Cathedral

The interior of the church surprises most people when they visit. In contrast to the large exterior, the inside is not so much one large area, but rather a collection of smaller areas, with many corridors and small rooms. There are 9 small chapels and one mausoleum grouped around a central tower.

Visiting the inside is like walking through a maze, there are even small signs all around the cathedral tracing where to walk, and pointing you in the right direction! The walls are meticulously decorated and painted with intricate floral designs and religious themes.

The church rarely holds service and is instead a museum open for the public to visit.

Insider Tip: During the summer months the line to go inside the cathedral can get quite long! Make sure to arrive early or reserve your tickets online to guarantee quick access into the cathedral!

Day 1 / Stop 5 – GUM Department Store

  • Why it’s awesome: This is Russia’s most famous shopping mall! It’s designed with elegant and opulent architecture and provides a real sense of nostalgia!
  • Cost: Free to enter
  • Food nearby: Stolovaya 57 is a cafeteria-style restaurant with a variety of inexpensive Russian cuisine menu items including soups, salads, meat dishes, and desserts. It’s also located inside the GUM department store, making it very easily accessible when you’re shopping!

The enormous GUM Department Store is located within the historic Red Square. It has a whimsical enchantment to it that sets it apart from your typical department store.

A massive domed glass ceiling lines the top of the building and fills the interior with natural sunlight. There are live plants and flowers placed throughout the mall that give the shopping complex a lively and cheerful feel! A playful fountain sits in the center, further adding to the malls inviting a sense of wonder and amusement!

The GUM department store opened on December 2, 1893. Today, it includes local and luxury stores, including Fendi, Louis Vuitton, Prada, and many more! There are numerous cafes, restaurants, and even a movie theater inside!

GUM Department Store

For a special treat, head into Gastronom 1. This 1950s-style shop sells gourmet food items, like wine, freshly-baked pastries, cheese, Russian chocolate, and of course, vodka! Also, be on the lookout for a bicycle pedaling ice cream truck with an employing selling ice cream!

The ambiance is simply amazing, a trip to this idyllic shopping mall is an absolute must on any Moscow itinerary!

Insider Tip: Make sure to carry some small change on you in case you need to use the restroom, you’ll need to pay 50 rubles – or about USD $0.80 to use the bathroom in GUM.

most compact travel tripod

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

Novodevichy Convent | Gorky Park | State Tretyakov Gallery | All-Russian Exhibition Center | Bolshoi Theater

On your 2 day itinerary in Moscow, you’ll have a chance to use the city’s excellent public transportation service! You’ll explore a few more of Moscow’s historic highlight as well as some modern attractions. These sites are a little more spread out, but still very easily accessible thanks to the metro!

Day 2 / Stop 1 – Novodevichy Convent

  • Why it’s awesome: The Novodevichy Convent is rich in imperial Russian history and contains some of Russia’s best examples of classical architecture!
  • Cost: USD $5.00
  • Food nearby: Culinary Shop Karavaevs Brothers is a cozy and simple place to have a quick bite, they also have vegetarian options!

The Novodevichy Convent is the best-known and most popular cloister of Moscow. The convent complex is contained within high walls, and there are many attractions this site is known for! 

The six-pillared five-domed Smolensk Cathedral is the main attraction. It was built to resemble the Kremlin’s Assumption Cathedral and its facade boasts beautiful snowy white walls and a pristine golden onion dome as its centerpiece. It’s the oldest structure in the convent, built from 1524 -1525, and is situated in the center of the complex between the two entrance gates.

There are other churches inside the convent as well, all dating back from many centuries past. The convent is filled with an abundance of 16th and 17th-century religious artworks, including numerous large and extravagant frescos!

Novodevichy Convent

Just outside the convent’s grounds lies the Novodevichy Cemetery. Here, you can visit the graves of famous Russians, including esteemed authors, composers, and politicians. Probably the most intriguing gravestone belongs to Russian politician Nikita Khruschev!

The Novodevichy Convent is located near the Moscow River and offers a peaceful retreat from the busy city. In 2004, it was proclaimed a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The convent remains remarkably well-preserved and is an outstanding example of Moscow Baroque architecture! 

Insider Tip: To enter the cathedrals inside the complex, women are advised to cover their heads and shoulders, while men should wear long pants.

Day 2 / Stop 2 – Gorky Central Park of Culture and Leisure

  • Why it’s awesome: A large amusement area in the heart of the city offering many attractions!
  • Cost: Free! 
  • Food nearby: Check out Mepkato, located inside Gorky Central Park for a casual meal in a cozy setting. There are indoor and outdoor seating options and the restaurant is child-friendly!

Gorky Central Park of Culture and Leisure is a large green space in the heart of Moscow. The park opened in 1928, and it stretches along the scenic embankment of the Moskva River. It covers an area of 300-acres and offers a lovely contrast from the compact city center.

You’ll find all sorts of wonderful attractions, from boat rides to bike rentals to tennis courts and ping-pong tables, and much more! there are an open-air cinema and festive events and concerts scheduled in the summer months.  A wide selection of free fitness classes is also offered on a regular basis, including jogging, roller skating, and dancing!

Although many of the options you’ll find here are more suited for outdoor leisure during the summer, you’ll also a selection of winter attractions, including one of Europe’s largest ice rinks for ice-skating!

Gorky Central Park of Culture and Leisure

If you’re trying to decide what to do in Moscow with kids, the park also offers several venues designed specifically for kids. Check out the year-round Green School which offers hands-on classes in gardening and art! You can also feed the squirrels and birds at the Golitsinsky Ponds!

The park is very well maintained and kept clean and the entrance is free of charge, although most individual attractions cost money. There is also Wi-Fi available throughout the park.

With so many attractions, you could easily spend all day here! If you’re only planning a 2 day itinerary in Moscow, make sure to plan your time accordingly and map out all the areas you want to see beforehand!

Day 2 / Stop 3 – The State Tretyakov Gallery

  • Why it’s awesome: The gallery’s collection consists entirely of Russian art made by Russian artists!
  • Food nearby : Brothers Tretyakovs is located right across the street from the gallery. It’s a wonderfully atmospheric restaurant serving top quality food and drinks!

The State Tretyakov Gallery was founded in 1856 by influential merchant and collector Pavel Tretyakov.  The gallery is a national treasury of Russian fine art and one of the most important museums in Russia!

It houses the world’s best collection of Russian art and contains more than 130, 000 paintings, sculptures, and graphics! These works have been created throughout the centuries by generations of Russia’s most talented artists!

The State Tretyakov Gallery

The exhibits range from mysterious 12th-century images to politically charged canvases. The collection is rich and revealing and offers great insight into the history and attitudes of this long-suffering yet inspired people!

All pictures are also labeled in English. If you plan to take your time and see everything inside the museum it will take a good 3-4 hours, so make sure to plan your Moscow trip itinerary accordingly! This gallery is a must-see stop for art lovers, or anyone wanting to explore the local culture and history of Russia in a creative and insightful manner! 

Insider Tip: When planning your 2 days in Moscow itinerary, keep in mind that most museums in Moscow are closed on Mondays, this includes The State Tretyakov Gallery!

Day 2 / Stop 4 – All-Russian Exhibition Center

  • Why it’s awesome: This large exhibition center showcases the achievements of the Soviet Union in several different spheres. 
  • Food nearby: Varenichnaya No. 1 serves authentic and homestyle Russian cuisine in an intimate and casual setting.

The All-Russian Exhibition Center is a massive park that presents the glory of the Soviet era! It pays homage to the achievements of Soviet Russia with its many different sites found on the property.

The center was officially opened in 1939 to exhibit the achievements of the Soviet Union. It’s a huge complex of buildings and the largest exhibition center in Moscow. There are several exhibition halls dedicated to different achievements and every year there are more than one hundred and fifty specialized exhibitions!

All Russian Exhibition Center

The Peoples Friendship Fountain was constructed in 1954 and is a highlight of the park. The stunning gold fountain features 16 gilded statues of girls, each representing the former Soviet Union republics. 

The Stone Flower Fountain was also built in 1954 and is worth checking out. The centerpiece of this large fountain is a flower carved from stones from the Ural Mountains! Along the side of the fountain are various bronze sculptures.

You will find many people zipping around on rollerblades and bicycles across the large area that the venue covers. It’s also home to amusement rides and carousels, making it the perfect place to stop with kids on your Moscow itinerary! Make sure to wear comfortable shoes and allow a few hours to explore all the areas that interest you!

Day 2 / Stop 5 – Bolshoi Theater

  • Why it’s awesome: The Bolshoi Theater is a historic venue that hosts world-class ballet and opera performances!
  • Cost: Prices vary largely between USD $2.00 –  USD $228.00 based on seat location.
  • Food nearby: Head to the Russian restaurant, Bolshoi for high-quality food and drinks and excellent service!

The Bolshoi Theater is among the oldest and most renowned ballet and opera companies in the world! It also boasts the world’s biggest ballet company, with more than 200 dancers!

The theater has been rebuilt and renovated several times during its long history. In 2011 it finished its most recent renovation after an extensive six-year restoration that started in 2005. The renovation included an improvement in acoustics and the restoration of the original Imperial decor.

The Bolshoi Theater has put on many of the world’s most famous ballet acts! Tchaikovsky’s ballet Swan Lake premiered at the theater in 1877 and other notable performances of the Bolshoi repertoire include Tchaikovsky’s The Sleeping Beauty and The Nutcracker!

Bolshoi Theater

Today, when you visit the theater, you can expect a magical performance from skilled singers, dancers, and musicians with the highest level of technique!

If you don’t have time to see a show, the theater also provides guided tours on select days of the week. Tours are given in both Russian and English and will provide visitors with a more intimate look at the different areas of the theater!

The stage of this iconic Russian theater has seen many outstanding performances. If you’re a fan of the performing arts, the Bolshoi Theater is one of the greatest and oldest ballet and opera companies in the world, making it a must-see attraction on your Moscow itinerary!

moscow itinerary

Godzillas Hostel

Godzillas Hostel is located in the center of Moscow, just a short walk from all the major tourist attractions and the metro station.

  • Towels Included

Cosmonautics Museum | Alexander Garden | Ostankino Tower | Izmaylovo District | Soviet Arcade Museum

Now that we’ve covered what to do in Moscow in 2 days, if you’re able to spend more time in the city you’re going to need more attractions to fill your time. Here are a few more really cool things to do in Moscow we recommend!

Memorial Museum of Cosmonautics

  • Hear the timeline of the ‘space race’ from the Russian perspective
  • This museum is fun for both adults and children!
  • Admission is USD $4.00

The Memorial Museum of Cosmonautics is a museum dedicated to space exploration! The museum explores the history of flight, astronomy, space exploration, space technology, and space in the arts. It houses a large assortment of Soviet and Russian space-related exhibits, and the museum’s collection holds approximately 85,000 different items!

Memorial Museum of Cosmonautics

The museum does an excellent job of telling the full story of the exciting space race between the USSR and the US! It highlights the brightest moments in Russian history and humanity and is very interesting and fun for all ages!

If you’re a fan of space or just curious about gaining insight into Russia’s fascinating history of space exploration, make sure to add this to your 3 day itinerary in Moscow!

The Alexander Garden

  • A tranquil place to relax near the Red Square
  • Green lawns dotted with sculptures and lovely water features
  • The park is open every day and has no entrance fee

The Alexander Garden was one of the first urban public parks in Moscow! The garden premiered in 1821 and was built to celebrate Russia’s victory over Napoleon’s forces in 1812!

The park is beautiful and well maintained with paths to walk on and benches to rest on. The park contains three separate gardens: the upper garden, middle garden, and lower garden.

The Alexander Garden

Located in the upper garden, towards the main entrance to the park is the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier with its eternal flame. This monument was created in 1967 and contains the body of a soldier who fell during the Great Patriotic War!

The park stretches along all the length of the western Kremlin wall for about half a mile. Due to its central location in the city, it’ll be easily accessible when you’re out exploring The Red Square.

It provides a bit of relief from the city’s high-energy city streets. Bring a picnic lunch, go for a walk, or just sit and people watch, this is one of the best Moscow sites to wind-down and relax!

Ostankino Television Tower

  • Television and radio tower in Moscow
  • Currently the tallest free-standing structure in Europe
  • Make sure you bring your passport when you visit, you can’t go up without it!

For spectacular views of the city, make sure to add the Ostankino Television Tower to your itinerary for Moscow! This impressive free-standing structure provides stunning views of the city in every direction. The glass floor at the top also provides great alternative views of the city!

Ostankino Television Tower

It takes just 58 seconds for visitors to reach the Tower’s observation deck by super fast elevator. The tower is open every day for long hours and is a great site in Moscow to check out! There is even a restaurant at the top where you can enjoy rotating views of the city while you dine on traditional Russian cuisine or European cuisine!

The tower is somewhat of an architectural surprise in a city that is not known for skyscrapers! To see the city from a new perspective, make sure to add this stop to your Moscow itinerary!

Izmaylovo District

  • The most popular attractions in this district are the kremlin and the flea market
  • Outside of the city center and easy to reach via metro
  • Most popular during the summer and on weekends

Travel outside the city center and discover a unique area of the city! The Izmaylovo District is a popular destination for locals and tourists alike, and one of the coolest places to see in Moscow! The two main attractions we recommend checking out are the Kremlin and the flea market.

The Izmailovo Kremlin was established as a cultural center and molded after traditional Russian architecture. This colorful complex is home to several single-subject museums, including a Russian folk art museum and a vodka museum!

Izmaylovo District

Next to the Kremlin is the Izmailovo open-air market, which dates back to the 17th century! The market is connected to the Izmailovo Kremlin by a wooden bridge. Pick up all your Russian souvenirs here, including traditional handicrafts, paintings, books, retro toys, and Soviet memorabilia!

You will find many hand-made and hand-painted options available at higher prices, as well as mass-produced souvenir options at lower prices!

Museum of Soviet Arcade Games

  • Closed on Mondays
  • Filled with old arcade games that visitors get to try out!
  • The museum also includes a small cafe and burger shop

For something a little different, check out the Museum of Soviet Arcade Games! The museum features roughly 60 machines from the Soviet era, including video games, pinball machines, and collaborative hockey foosball! The machines inside the museum were produced in the USSR in the mid-1970s.

Museum of Soviet Arcade Games

The best part is, most of the games are still playable! Purchase tickets and try the games out for yourself! The museum also has a neat little screening room that plays old Soviet cartoons and an area with Soviet magazines! This unique attraction is a fun addition to a 3 day itinerary in Moscow, and an attraction that all ages will enjoy! 

Whether you’re spending one day in Moscow, or more, safety is an important thing to keep in mind when traveling to a big city! Overall, Moscow is a very safe place to visit. However, it is always recommended that tourists take certain precautions when traveling to a new destination!

The police in Moscow is extremely effective at making the city a safe place to visit and do their best to patrol all of the top Moscow, Russia tourist attractions. However, tourists can still be a target for pickpockets and scammers.

Moscow has a huge flow of tourists, therefore there is a risk for pickpocketing. Simple precautions will help eliminate your chances of being robbed. Stay vigilant, keep your items close to you at all times, and don’t flash your valuables!

If you’re planning a solo Moscow itinerary, you should have no need to worry, as the city is also considered safe for solo travelers, even women. Stay in the populated areas, try and not travel alone late at night, and never accept rides from strangers or taxis without a meter and correct signage.

The threat of natural disasters in Moscow is low, with the exception of severe winters when the temperature can dip below freezing! Bring a good, warm jacket if you visit in Winter.

However, please note that Russian views on homsexuality are far less accepting than those in Western Europe. Likewise, Non-Caucasian travellers may sadly encounter racism in Russia .

Don’t Forget Your Travel Insurance for Moscow

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

most compact travel tripod

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Now that we’ve covered all the top things to see in Moscow, we thought we’d include some exciting day trips to other areas of the country!

Sergiev Posad (Golden Ring)

Sergiev Posad Golden Ring

On this 7-hour guided tour, you’ll visit several scenic and historic areas of Russia. Start your day with hotel pick-up as you’re transferred by a comfortable car or minivan to Sergiev Posad. Admire the charming Russian countryside on your drive and enjoy a quick stop to visit the Russian village, Rudonezh!

You’ll see the majestic Saint Spring and the Church of Sergiev Radonezh. You’ll also visit the UNESCO World Heritage Site, Trinity Lavra of St. Sergius, one of the most famous Orthodox sites in Russia!

Lastly, you’ll swing by the local Matreshka market and enjoy a break in a nice Russian restaurant before returning to Moscow!

Day Trip to Vladimir and Suzdal

Day Trip to Vladimir and Suzdal

On this 13-hour trip, you’ll discover old Russia, with its picturesque landscapes and white-stoned beautiful churches! You’ll visit the main towns of the famous Golden Ring of Russia – the name for several cities and smaller towns north-east of Moscow.

Your first stop will be in the town of Vladimir, the ancient capital of all Russian principalities. The city dates back to the 11th century and is one of the oldest and the most important towns along the Ring! Next, you’ll visit Suzdal, a calm ancient Russian town north of Vladimir with only 13,000 inhabitants!

The old-style architecture and buildings of Suzdal are kept wonderfully intact. If you’re spending three days in Moscow, or more, this is a great option for exploring the charming areas outside the city!

Zvenigorod Day Trip and Russian Countryside

Zvenigorod Day Trip and Russian Countryside

On this 9-hour private tour, you’ll explore the ancient town of Zvenigorod, one of the oldest towns in the Moscow region! As you leave Moscow you’ll enjoy the stunning scenery along the Moscow River, and make a few stops at old churches along the way to Zvenigorod.

Upon arrival, you’ll explore the medieval center, including the 14th-century Savvino-Storozhevsky Monastery. Next, you’ll take a break for lunch (own expense) where you’ll have the chance to try out the Russian cuisine! Next, you’ll visit the Museum of Russian Dessert and sip on tea at a Russian tea ceremony.

The final stop of the day is at the Ershovo Estate, a gorgeous place to walk around and enjoy nature!

Day Trip to St Petersburg by Train visiting Hermitage & Faberge

Day Trip to St Petersburg by Train visiting Hermitage and Faberge

On this full-day tour, you’ll enjoy a a full round trip to St Petersburg where you’ll spend an exciting day exploring another popular Russian city! You’ll be picked up from your hotel in Moscow and be transferred to the train station where you’ll ride the high-speed train ‘Sapsan’ to St Petersburg.

Upon arrival, you’ll start the day by touring the Hermitage Museum and the Winter Palace. Next, you’ll visit the Faberge Museum, where you’ll explore the impressive collection of rare Faberge Eggs! In the afternoon, enjoy a sightseeing boat ride and a traditional 3-course Russian lunch.

If you’re spending 3 days in Moscow, or more, this is an excellent trip to take!

Trip to Kolomna – Authentic Cultural Experience from Moscow

Trip to Kolomna - Authentic Cultural Experience from Moscow

On this 10-hour tour, you’ll escape the city and travel to the historic town of Kolomna! First, you’ll visit the 14th-century Kolomna Kremlin, home to the Assumption Cathedral and an abundance of museums!

Next, enjoy lunch at a local cafe (own expense) before embarking on a tour of the Marshmallow Museum – of course, a marshmallow tasting is provided!  Your final stop is the Museum of Forging Settlements, where displays include armor and accessories for fishing and hunting.

Discover this beautiful Russian fairytale city on a private trip, where all of the planning is taken care of for you!

Active Roots Security Belt

Stash your cash safely with this money belt. It will keep your valuables safely concealed, no matter where you go.

It looks exactly like a normal belt  except for a SECRET interior pocket perfectly designed to hide a wad of cash, a passport photocopy or anything else you may wish to hide. Never get caught with your pants down again! (Unless you want to…)

Find out what people want to know when planning their Moscow itinerary.

How many days you need in Moscow?

We recommend that you spend at least two or three days in Moscow to take it all in.

What’s the best month to visit Moscow?

The best time to visit Moscow is over the spring, from March to May as temperatures are mild, crowds are thin and prices are reasonable.

What are some unusual things to do in Moscow?

I mean, queuing up to see an almost 100 year old corpse is pretty unsual! Check out Lenin’s Mausoleum if you fancy it!

What are some fun things to do in Moscow?

The Memorial Museum of Cosmonautics is a fun place to explore the famous space race from the perspective of the ‘other side’!

We hope you enjoyed our Moscow itinerary! We’ve made sure to cover all the Moscow must-sees as well as some unique attractions in the city! Our addition of insider tips, favorite food stops, and day trips from Moscow is an added bonus and will guarantee you make the most out of your exciting Russian vacation!

Immerse yourself in the modern and traditional Russian lifestyle! Get lost in museums, witness awe-inspiring architecture, and indulge in Russian cuisine! Spend the day strolling through all of the charming sites of Moscow, admiring the beautiful scenery and discovering the city’s fairytale-like enchantment!

most compact travel tripod

Alya and Campbell

Moscow Itinerary Pinterest Image

Share or save this post

most compact travel tripod

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

  • United Arab Emirates
  • Switzerland
  • The Netherlands
  • Puerto Rico
  • United States
  • New Zealand
  • ➨ Choose from World Map
  • Budget Travel
  • Family Travel
  • Getting Around
  • Visas & Passports
  • Work with Us

Browsing Category

  • Czech Republic
  • Saint Martin
  • Uncategorized

The Present Perspective

Moscow Travel Guide: Best Things to Do + More [2023]

· everything to know about visiting moscow, including the best things to do and how to get around. ·.

the red st basils church in moscow on a white winters day

Moscow is Russia’s vibrant capital city, and it also happens to be the largest city in all of Europe. The city’s long and infamous history makes it one of the most unique places we have ever visited.

The architecture ranges from centuries-old palaces to uniform, gray concrete buildings. The people range from cold and private to warm and welcoming. Moscow is a city is strong juxtapositions, and we learned a lot during our time there.

This post will break down all you need to know about visiting Moscow, including the best things to do, how to get there, how to get around, and more.

man and woman standing in front of main church in moscow

The Best Things to Do in Moscow

1. explore the red square.

The Red Square is the heart of Moscow. Most of the city’s top attractions can be found here, including just about everything on this list. The Kremlin, St. Basil’s Cathedral, and Lenin’s Mausoleum are all located here, and the State Historical Museum and GUM are not far from here, either.

The Red Square is a common home for parades, protests, and seasonal celebrations. There are massive Christmas celebrations here, with food vendors and carnival rides set up in numbers.

red orthodox church in moscow russia red square on a winter day

2. Check Out the Ziferblat

The Ziferblat is a café in Moscow that is unlike any café we have ever been to. While most cafes charge you for your drinks and food, the Ziferblat charges you for your time.

Upon arrival, you are given a clock. When you leave, the barista calculates how much time you spent in the café and charges you accordingly. This concept was created to help visitors to be more intentional with their time, and the cafe itself is incredibly charming.

For a detailed look at everything you need to know before you visit, make sure you read my post about visiting the Ziferblat Cafe in Moscow .

white lcocks on a table

3. Marvel at St. Basil’s Cathedral

St. Basil’s Cathedral is one of the most iconic churches in the world, and it was the single thing we were most excited to see while in Moscow. Built almost 500 years ago, St. Basil’s Cathedral is recognized by its colorful domes and whimsical style. The church is of the Russian Orthodox faith, and the inside is just as wondrous as the outside.

St. Basil’s Cathedral is located on the edge of the Red Square, making it incredibly convenient to visit. Entrance for non-worshippers costs 800 rubles, and tickets can be bought at the church

woman in winter jacket standing in front of St Basils Russian Orthodox in moscow on a winter day

4. Explore the Kremlin

The Kremlin is the largest active fortress in Europe, and it is the site of most of Russia’s government affairs. In addition to government buildings, the Kremlin Complex is filled with courtyards, towers, and museums that are open to the public. If you have the time, you could spend a couple of days fully exploring all that there is to see in the Kremlin.

selfie of man and woman pointing to the Kremlin in Moscow

5. Walk Through Lenin’s Mausoleum

Vladimir Lenin is one of the most important figures in Russian history, and his body is located perfectly embalmed in a mausoleum in the Red Square. The Mausoleum is open to the public to visit, and as long as you are willing to go through a few security checks, it is easily one of the best things to do in Moscow. Its convenient location in the Red Square makes it a can’t miss attraction.

There is absolutely no photography allowed inside the Mausoleum. Do not test this rule.

red exterior of lenins mausoleum in moscow russia

6. Wander Along Arbat Street

The Arbat is a very popular street in Moscow that is lined with stores, cafes, and other touristy attractions. It is one of the oldest streets in the city, dating back to the 1400s. This street is both quaint and trendy, and there are many walking tours that introduce tourists to the neighborhood’s wonders and highlights.

man in sinter jacket standing in arbat street moscow at night with glistening white lights strung from the buildings

7. Catch a Show at the Bolshoi Theatre

As a lover of the arts, it is hard to think of Moscow and not think of ballet. Russia has always been a top dog in the world of fine arts, and Bolshoi Theater is one of the best places to catch a performance. We were lucky enough to attend an Opera here, and it is a venue that you don’t want to miss out on if you enjoy opera, ballet, or orchestral performances.

8. Visit the State Historical Museum

The State Historical Museum is one of the most respected museums in Moscow. Despite its name, it is not really focused on the history of Russia as a nation. Rather, it contains a collection of artifacts from all throughout Russia’s history.

The museum’s collection is very broad in nature. It houses some items from indigenous tribes that used to occupy the region, pieces collected by the Romanov family, and more.

9. Wander Around GUM

GUM is an absolutely massive mall within walking distance of the Red Square. It isn’t just the size that draws visitors here; it’s the sense of luxury. The mall is so beautiful inside, much like the metro stations.

While visiting a mall might not sound like it belongs on a bucket list, this mall does. You will not want to miss out on visiting GUM while in Moscow.

people walking inside GUM mall in russia with christmas lights

10. Admire the Cathedral of Christ the Saviour

While St. Basil’s Cathedral is the most iconic church in Moscow, it isn’t the only one. The Cathedral of Christ the Saviour is absolutely stunning, with massive golden domes. It is the tallest Orthodox church in the world, and it is the seat of the Orthodox Patriarch of Moscow.

It is located just about a mile from the Red Square, just south of the Kremlin Complex. You can walk to it from the Red Square in about 20 minutes.

How to Get to Moscow

Flying to moscow.

Moscow has three major international airports: Sheremetyevo (SVO) , Domodedovo (DMO) , and Vnukovo (VKO) . All three of them are directly connected to downtown Moscow by the Aeroexpress trains, which leave every 30 minutes throughout the day. By Aeroexpress train, you can expect to get to the city center in 25-45 minutes depending on the airport that you fly into.

Sheremetyevo is the biggest and busiest of the three airports, and it is the one you are most likely to fly into – especially if you are coming from outside of Europe or the Caucus region. We flew into Sheremetyevo on a direct flight from New York City.

I usually provide backup airport options, because flying right into the city isn’t always the cheapest way to get where you’re going. Unfortunately, when it comes to Moscow, don’t really have a choice other than to fly right into Moscow. It is a very remote city, and it is usually the cheapest place to fly into in Russia as a whole.

Since Sheremetyevo is so busy, you will probably find a great flight option anyway. I wrote in  my post about finding cheap flights  that using hub airports will lead to more affordable airfare, and the same logic applies here. Even though Russia’s national airline, Aeroflot, is no longer a member of the SkyTeam Alliance, Moscow is still a major hub connecting passengers from all over the world.

most compact travel tripod

READ OUR CHEAT SHEET

Train or Bus to Moscow

Trains and buses are one of the most popular ways to get around Europe. However, they’re of very little use when you’re trying to get to Moscow.

Moscow is hundreds of miles from the nearest major cities. The only major European city that can even be reached within 8 hours on the ground is St. Petersburg, and even the Baltic capitals of Riga, Vilnius, and Tallinn are over 12 hours away.

If you want to get to Moscow, the best option is almost always to fly. While the train routes to Moscow are scenic, they simply take forever.

How to Get Around Moscow

METRO | TROLLEYS | TRAMS | BUSES

Moscow has one of the most memorable metro systems in the world. Its metro lines are very deep underground, and the stations are absolutely stunning. Each station has its own unique style, but all of them contain escalators that seem to go on forever.

turned-on chandelier on ceiling of moscow metro

The system was built in an effort to showcase the power of the Soviet Union and its bright future. The plans were a form of propaganda, but they resulted in what is still one of the most visually appealing subway systems on earth.

Moscow’s metro system isn’t just pretty. It is also very useful and accessible. The system has 17 lines that connect the city and its surrounding area.

But wait; there’s more!

The Moscow metro system is also incredibly affordable, with each ride costing less than a dollar. The metro is by far the best way to get around Moscow, as it is almost impossible to beat the connection times and the low cost to ride.

Tickets can be bought at electronic, English-speaking kiosks in stations, or directly from ticket counters at certain larger stations. There are also day passes available, which are a very solid option if you plan on riding the metro several times per day.

long gray escalator in moscow russia

The metro is by far the best way to get around Moscow.

In addition to the metro system, Moscow also has a network of buses, trams, and trolleys. This system is nowhere near as convenient or well-connected as the metro, though, and is likely of little use to you during your trip. There is no Uber in Moscow, but a similar app named Yandex is available if you need a ride in a pinch.

How Many Days Do You Need in Moscow?

Moscow is the biggest city in all of Europe, and it is absolutely loaded with things to do. You could spend weeks in Moscow and still find new things to do. Of course, most travelers don’t have that kind of time to spend in one place!

I recommend spending no less than three full days in Moscow, and ideally closer to five or seven.

Moscow is very spread out, and it can take some time to get from one major point to another. There are also so many places that are nice to just sit back and relax, which is hard to do when you’re in a hurry trying to cram activities into just a few days.

If you only have a week to visit Russia, I’d advise spending all of the time in one city. If you decide to split your time between Moscow and St. Petersburg, I recommend not trying to squeeze in any day trips beyond those two cities.

moscow bridge at night with lights

When Is the Best Time of the Year to Visit Moscow?

There are two different ways to approach this question. Personally, I think the best time to visit Moscow is around Christmas and New Year’s Day. While the weather will be absolutely freezing, Moscow is a surreal winter wonderland in December and January.

We were in Moscow right before Christmas. While it was very cold, you can always bundle up. Exploring the Christmas markets and pop-up ice skating rinks throughout Moscow is one of my favorite memories from anywhere I’ve traveled, and I dream of going back to do it again.

If you aren’t fond of the cold, Moscow is beautiful in the summer. It tends to get pretty cold in the shoulder seasons, so if you want warm weather, you should plan to visit in the summer. Moscow actually gets pretty warm in July and August, and there are a bunch of fantastic places to soak up the sun within the city.

The best time to visit Moscow is either around Christmas or from late May to August.

group of people walking in moscow red square at night with christmas lights everywhere

Is Moscow Safe to Visit?

While Moscow is a truly wonderful city, there’s no denying that visiting Russia comes with risks. As the country is run by an infamous communist dictator, concerns about visiting are valid. While we didn’t experience any sort of threat or negative treatment during our time in Moscow, we visited in a peaceful time.

In our experience, Russia doesn’t seem to detain normal Americans or Westerners to use as pawns. As a regular person, as long as you don’t commit any crimes, there is a slim chance you will run into any issues. However, Russia will not hesitate to enforce its laws against foreigners, and illegal behaviors will likely land you in a very compromising position.

Russia will not hesitate to enforce its laws against foreigners, and illegal behaviors will likely land you in a very compromising position.

To make matters worse, Russia has a bad reputation for gang violence. While the Russian mafia has very little interest in normal Western tourists, they won’t hesitate to pick a fight with anyone who ventures into their sphere of influence. If you seek out illegal substances or activities, you could be a target of the mafia.

If you seek out illegal substances or activities, you could be a target of the mafia.

Finally, since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, things are all very different. Russia is currently at war, and there are battles raging within 8 hours of Moscow. While it is still relatively safe to visit, that could change at any time as the war with Ukraine continues.

Is Moscow Worth Visiting?

Without a doubt, Moscow is worth visiting. It is one of the most unique major cities we have ever visited, and we hope to make it back one day. The Russian Orthodox churches are stunning, the city’s history is unlike any other, and the food is to die for.

While many visitors prefer St. Petersburg to Moscow, I think Moscow deserves a lot of hype of its own. Moscow is the beating heart of Russian culture and history, and it’s a place I highly recommend checking out if you have the chance.

woman in head scarf hugging bronze statue of angry bear

That’s all we have for you about Moscow! I hope this post was helpful as you plan your trip to Russia’s capital.

Have you been to Moscow? Or is this your first time visiting? Comment below if you have anything to add to our travel guide!

Hi, I'm Greg. I'm an avid traveler who has traveled to over 50 countries all around the world with my wife and kids. I've lived in Italy, Mexico, China, and the United States, and I dream of moving abroad again in the future. With this blog, I provide my audience with detailed destination guides to my favorite places and pro-tips to make travel as stress-free as possible.

Leave a comment

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Meet The Author - Greg

most compact travel tripod

Recent Post

starbucks logo sign with an indian stamp graphic

10 Best Coffee Drinks to Buy From Starbucks in India

April 26, 2024

father with toddler son on a camel in front of the great pyramid of giza

How Much Does a Trip to Egypt Cost: Budget Breakdown

March 10, 2024

most compact travel tripod

Best Time to Visit the India Gate in Delhi [2024]

March 1, 2024

white ceramic mug surrounded by used tissues on white table beside black eyeglasses

Flying with a Sinus Infection: Tips to Avoid Pain

February 20, 2024

mother and father with baby strapped to chest on a hike in the rocky mountains under clear blue sky

11 Best Things to Do in Breckenridge Besides Skiing

February 12, 2024

most compact travel tripod

IMAGES

  1. Manfrotto BeFree Compact Travel Aluminum Alloy Tripod MKBFRA4-BH

    most compact travel tripod

  2. Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget: Digital Photography Review

    most compact travel tripod

  3. Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget: Digital Photography Review

    most compact travel tripod

  4. The HEIPI Travel Tripod Review

    most compact travel tripod

  5. After Four Years in the Making, Is This the Most Compact Travel Tripod

    most compact travel tripod

  6. Manfrotto BeFree Compact Travel Aluminum Alloy Tripod (Red) with

    most compact travel tripod

VIDEO

  1. The Best Compact Travel Tripod & Monopod All In One

  2. Smallrig tripod. Best BUDGET travel tripod in 2023

  3. Unveiling Sirui Traveler X: Exciting hike in the forest #traveltripod #shorts

  4. Tycka Compact Travel 2in1 Tripod monopod and It's Functionalities

  5. Ultra Compact Tripod

  6. Is this the best budget Tripod? SmallRig Lightweight Travel Tripod Review

COMMENTS

  1. The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods

    View at Walmart. The best travel tripod design. As one of the most compact travel tripods around, the Peak Design makes for a great travel companion, albeit at quite a high cost. Read more below ...

  2. The best travel tripod in 2024

    5-section legs - setup time. -. Small pan axis knob. The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 is the smallest of Benro's four new Rhino travel tripods, but we found that it's remarkably stiff for such a compact tripod - and Benro's new VX ball heads and their secondary pan axis just under the camera plate are a triumph.

  3. 7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip

    Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography. Weight: 8/10. At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.

  4. Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

    Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head. Check Amazon. Best for height. One of the best tripods we've seen, it comes with a detachable monopod and built-in phone mount. The carbon fiber tubes keep it ...

  5. 12 Best Tripods for Traveling in 2023

    Sirui AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod. $179 at Amazon. Read more. Show more. The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take ...

  6. The 10 BEST Travel Tripods

    Table of Contents. Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod. The Best Travel Tripods. Peak Design Travel Tripod. Punks Travis System. Manfrotto BeFree. Vanguard VEO 2 Go. Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro. ZOMEi iPhone Tripod.

  7. Best Travel Tripods 2024

    Best Versatile Travel Tripod: 3-Legged Thing Leo 2.0 AirHead Pro Lever Kit; Best Value Travel Tripod: K&F Concept Travel Tripod; Most Compact Travel Tripod: MeFOTO Road Trip Air Tripod; Best ...

  8. The 4 Best Tripod for 2024

    The tripod weighs just 4.2 pounds and folds up to a compact 19.3 inches for travel. With the center column fully extended (which, as we noted above, sacrifices some stability), it reaches a height ...

  9. Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy

    Features; Travel; Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy. These are the best travel tripods - compact and lightweight enough to squeeze into a backpack, suitcase or even a ...

  10. Best Travel Tripods Of 2022

    Tripod Weight: 3 lbs. Build: Carbon Fiber. Maximum Load: 30 lbs. Extended Height: 58.2" (148 cm) Folded Length: 17.1 in. Ballhead: Included. Price: Click Here For Latest Price. The Really Right Stuff Ascend is a wonderful high-end professional travel tripod. Ratcheting angle stops control the angle of the legs.

  11. The best mini tripods in 2024

    Best premium model. 9. Gitzo Mini Traveler. View at BHPhoto. View at Amazon. View at Adorama. Excellent build quality and materials mean the Mini Traveler can bear a decent load while remaining one of the lightest tripods around. Read more below….

  12. 9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)

    Best for Landscape Photography. Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head. Lightweight and compact for easy travel. High-quality build, reliable stability. 360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots. Quick-release plate for fast setup. Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects.

  13. The Best Lightweight Tripods (for Travel and Hiking)

    1. Best Designed Carbon Fiber Tripod - Peak Design Travel Tripod (Overall Winner) 2. Best Designed Aluminum Tripod - Peak Design (Overall Winner) 3. Best Budget Tripod - Oben CT-3535 Folding Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod. 4. Best Occasional User Tripod - Joby Gorillapod. 5.

  14. 10 Best Travel Tripods (2024 BARGAIN Guide)

    Quick Answers: Best Travel Tripods of 2024. The Best Travel Tripods of 2024. #1 Vanguard Alta Pro. Best Overall Travel Tripod. #2 MeFOTO Roadtrip. Best Travel Tripod Runner-Up. #3 Manfrotto BeFree. Best Travel Tripod for Backpacking. #4 Zomei Z818.

  15. Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel

    In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. We have been using an earlier model of this tripod for the last three years and it has never failed us. It is lightweight, sturdy, and compact - everything you could want in a travel tripod! Plus, it is surprisingly affordable for a carbon fiber tripod.

  16. Recommended Travel Tripods

    The very lightweight (1.8 lb) and compact (12.2") T-025SK T-0S Series Carbon Fiber Tripod and B-00 Ball Head is a fine tool for the traveling photographer with a small DSLR or mirrorless camera. Rare among travel tripods, this Sirui has a 2-section removable center column for low-angle shooting down to 3.1".

  17. The best travel tripods in 2023

    Why it made the cut: The Peak Design Travel Tripod has a novel design that allows it to be compact enough to fit in a water bottle pocket on a backpack yet still expand to 5 feet in height. Available as either aluminum or carbon fiber, this lightweight option is sturdy and travel-ready. Key features. Material: Aluminum or carbon fiber Tripod weight: 3.4 pounds

  18. Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget

    In this review we compare the following travel tripods: MeFoto BackPacker S - $159.95 list / ~$120 street. Manfrotto BeFree Advanced - $324.99 list / ~$280 street. Peak Design Travel Tripod - $599.95 list / ~$600 street. Gitzo Traveler Series 1 - $1014.99 list / ~$600 street. Travel tripods are available across a very wide price range, from ...

  19. 13 Best Compact Tripods for Travel 2024

    3 Legged Thing Legends Jay. 11. What 3 Legged Thing Jay is trying to do is bring out the best of both worlds. Just like other compact tripods for DSLR cameras, it has strong legs, decent enough for still photography. But if you look closely, this thing has a leveling base.

  20. Peak Design Travel Tripod (5 Section Aluminum Camera Tripod)

    ZOMEI Z669C Carbon Fiber Portable Tripod with Ball Head Compact Travel for Canon,Sony, Nikon, Samsung, Panasonic, Olympus, Kodak, Fuji, Cameras and Video Camera 4.4 out of 5 stars 505 1 offer from $119.99

  21. Most Beautiful Metro Stations in Moscow

    4. Prospect Mira Station. The beautiful chandeliers and the lines in the ceiling, make Prospekt Mira an architectural masterpiece. 5. Belorusskaya Station. Prestigious arches, octagonal shapes of Socialistic Soviet Republic mosaics. The eyecatcher of Belorusskaya metro station, however, is the enormous statue of three men with long coats ...

  22. 9 BEST Photo Spots and Things to Do in Moscow, Russia

    Photo Tips: After work hours are the best time to see people interacting with street performers, perfect for street photography. 8. Church of Nikolaya Chudotvortsa Tverskoy Old Believers' Community. This is a small, relatively unknown cathedral, but what makes this place special for me is its location.

  23. EPIC MOSCOW Itinerary! (2024 Guide)

    The underground metro system is the quickest and most efficient way to travel around Moscow. Most visitors rely exclusively on this super-efficient transportation system, which allows you to get to pretty much anywhere in the city! ... It covers an area of 300-acres and offers a lovely contrast from the compact city center.

  24. Moscow Travel Guide: Best Things to Do + More [2023]

    3. Marvel at St. Basil's Cathedral. St. Basil's Cathedral is one of the most iconic churches in the world, and it was the single thing we were most excited to see while in Moscow. Built almost 500 years ago, St. Basil's Cathedral is recognized by its colorful domes and whimsical style.